e10vk
U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2009
|
Commission File Number 1-31923
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
86-0226984
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
20410 North 19th Avenue, Suite 200
Phoenix, Arizona 85027
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
(623) 445-9500
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class:
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered:
|
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes o No þ
As of November 23, 2009, 23,837,254 shares of common stock
were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the shares of
common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the
last business day of the Companys most recently completed
second fiscal quarter (March 31, 2009) was
approximately $252,264,000 (based upon the closing price of the
common stock on such date as reported by the New York Stock
Exchange). For purposes of this calculation, the Company has
excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially owned
by all executive officers and directors of the Company.
Documents
Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrants definitive proxy statement for
the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
INDEX TO
FORM 10-K
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
i
PART I
Overview
We are the leading provider of postsecondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured
by total average undergraduate enrollment and graduates. We
offer undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at
10 campuses across the United States under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (NTI). We also offer manufacturer-specific training
programs including both student paid electives at our campuses
and manufacturer or dealer sponsored training at dedicated
training centers. For the year ended September 30, 2009,
our average undergraduate enrollment was 15,854 full-time
students. We have provided technical education for over
40 years.
We work closely with leading original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine
industries to understand their needs for qualified service
professionals. Through our relationships with OEMs, we are able
to continuously refine and expand our programs and curricula. We
believe our industry-oriented educational philosophy and
national presence have enabled us to develop valuable industry
relationships which provide us with significant competitive
strength and support our market leadership.
We are a primary, and often the sole provider of manufacturer
based training programs pursuant to written or verbal agreements
with various OEMs. We have relationships with the following OEMs:
|
|
|
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
|
|
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick. Corp.
|
American Suzuki Motor Corp.
|
|
Navistar International Corp.
|
BMW of North America, LLC
|
|
Nissan North America, Inc.
|
Cummins Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of
Cummins, Inc.
|
|
Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.
|
Daimler Trucks N.A.
|
|
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
|
Ford Motor Co.
|
|
Volvo Cars of North America, Inc.
|
Harley-Davidson Motor Co.
|
|
Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc.
|
Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.
|
|
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA
|
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
|
|
|
Participating manufacturers typically assist us in the
development of course content and curricula, while providing us
with vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts at reduced
prices or at no charge and in some instances pay for the student
tuition. Our collaboration with OEMs enables us to provide
highly specialized education to our students, resulting in
improved employment opportunities and the potential for higher
wages for our graduates. These relationships are also valuable
to our industry partners since our programs provide them with a
steady supply of highly trained service technicians and a
cost-effective alternative to in-house training. Plus, these
relationships also support the development of incremental
revenue opportunities from training the OEMs existing
employees.
We also offer training for sectors of the industry that would
benefit from the skills we teach, including motor freight
companies and other businesses that employ skilled technicians.
This training can be performed at UTI sites, customer sites or
at third party locations using curricula developed by us,
provided by the customer or supplied by the OEM. These training
relationships provide new sources for revenue, establish new
employment opportunities for our graduates and enhance our brand
position as the leading provider of training for the industry.
In addition to our curriculum-based relationships with OEMs, we
also develop and maintain a variety of complementary
associations with parts and tools suppliers, enthusiast
organizations and other participants in the industries we serve.
These relationships provide us with a variety of strategic and
financial benefits that include, but are not limited to,
equipment sponsorship, new product support, licensing and
branding opportunities; even selected financial sponsorship for
our campuses and students. These relationships improve the
quality of our educational
1
programs by reducing our investment cost of equipping classrooms
and provide recruitment opportunities. As a result, we are able
to expand the scope of our programs, strengthen our graduate
placements and enhance our overall image within the industry.
Business
Strategy
Our goal is to strengthen our position as the leading provider
of postsecondary technical education services by effectively
recruiting, training and placing professional auto, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians to meet the
needs of our industry customers. To attain this goal we intend
to pursue the following strategies:
Optimize marketing and sales. Since our
founding in 1965, we have grown our business and expanded our
campus footprint to establish a national presence. Through the
UTI, MMI and NASCAR Technical Institute brands, our
undergraduate campuses and advanced training centers currently
provide us with local representation covering several geographic
regions across the United States. Supporting our campuses, we
maintain a national recruiting network of approximately 310
education representatives who are able to identify, advise and
enroll students from all 50 states and
U.S. territories.
Our marketing strategies are designed to align lead generation
and lead conversion tactics with specific potential student
segments. We leverage a web-centric lead generation platform
that focuses on nationally efficient advertising coupled with
the internet, where our web site acts as the primary hub of our
campaigns to inform, educate and convert site visitors to leads.
Currently, we advertise on television, radio and multiple
internet sites, in magazines, and use events, direct mail and
telemarketing to reach prospective students.
Additionally, to enhance the productivity of our admissions
representatives, we have increased our emphasis on local
marketing and outreach by driving potential prospective students
to visit our campuses and take tours. Moreover, to assist in
converting prospective students to enrolled students, we deploy
specific student contact strategies that deliver relevant
content and messaging that matches where the prospective student
is in his or her buying process. Through the efforts of our
national recruiting network combined with our marketing
strategies, we seek to grow our student population in order to
improve our current capacity utilization.
We will increase our market penetration in areas close to our
campuses by focusing on targeted marketing to attract commuter
students who have a higher propensity to show and target certain
demographics that we have not fully penetrated. Additionally, we
will continue to improve the mix of adult students to high
school students to fill the nontraditional start dates and
balance the student population throughout the year and implement
the most efficient and effective recruitment strategies.
Enhance the future student
experience. We will continue to focus on
simplifying the future student experience and financial aid
process by improving customer service levels and simplifying
processes. Additionally, we will continue to evaluate funding
alternatives for our students to ensure we are providing our
students with the best options to finance their education,
including increasing the funding under our proprietary loan
program for students who are not able to fully finance the cost
of their education through traditional funding sources.
Open new campuses. We will continue to
identify new markets that complement our established campus
network to support further growth opportunities. We believe
there are a number of local markets that feature both pools of
prospective students and career opportunities for our graduates
that are not currently being served at one of our existing
locations. By opening new campuses in local markets, we will not
only supply skilled technicians to local employers but also
provide postsecondary educational opportunities for students
otherwise unwilling or unable to locate. Additionally, this will
provide us with opportunities to offer continuing and advanced
training to the existing workforces in the industries we serve;
while helping us expand the reach and appeal of the UTI brand
across the country. We expect the size of any future campuses
will depend on the specific markets and program offerings. We
are planning to open a new campus in the Dallas/Fort Worth,
Texas metropolitan area during the summer of 2010.
Introduce blended learning
curricula. We intend to use our expertise to
enhance the quality and delivery of the student educational
experience by transforming our automotive and diesel program
curricula
2
into a blended learning experience that combines
several methodologies, reflective of current industry training
methods and standards, and incorporates
on-site
classes and web-based learning. In addition to improving the
overall educational experience for our auto/diesel students, the
new curriculum will offer more convenience and training
flexibility for our students while meeting industry standards.
Further, we believe it will create the opportunity for more
efficient use of facilities and faculty. The new curricula will
be implemented first at the Dallas/Fort Worth campus.
Seek new and expand existing industry
relationships. We actively seek to develop
new and expand existing relationships with leading OEMs,
dealership networks and other industry participants that focus
on the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine industries.
Securing and expanding these relationships will support
undergraduate enrollment growth, diversify tuition funding
sources and increase program offerings.
Consider strategic acquisitions. We
selectively consider acquisition opportunities that, among other
factors, would complement our program offerings, benefit from
our resources and scale in marketing and whose administration
could be integrated into our existing operations.
Industry
Background
The market for qualified service technicians is large and
growing. In the most recent data available, the
U.S. Department of Labor estimated that in 2006 there were
approximately 773,000 working automotive technicians in the
United States, and this number was expected to increase by 14%
from 2006 to 2016. Other 2006 estimates provided by the
U.S. Department of Labor indicate that from 2006 to 2016
the number of technicians in the other industries we serve,
including diesel repair, collision repair, motorcycle repair and
marine repair, are expected to increase by 12%, 12%, 13% and
19%, respectively. This need for technicians is due to a variety
of factors, including technological advancement in the
industries our graduates enter, a continued increase in the
number of automobiles, trucks, motorcycles and boats in service,
as well as an aging and retiring workforce that generally
requires training to keep up with technological advancements and
maintain its technical competency. As a result of these factors,
there will be an average of approximately 43,600 new job
openings annually for new entrants from 2006 to 2016 in the
fields we serve, according to data collected by the
U.S. Department of Labor. In addition to the increase in
demand for newly qualified technicians, manufacturers, dealer
networks, transportation companies and governmental entities
with large fleets are outsourcing their training functions,
seeking preferred education providers which can offer high
quality curricula and have a national presence to meet the
employment and advanced training needs of their national dealer
networks.
Schools
and Programs
Through our campus-based school system, we offer specialized
technical education programs under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (NTI). The majority of our undergraduate programs are
designed to be completed in 45 to 90 weeks and culminate in
an associate of occupational studies degree, diploma or
certificate, depending on the program and campus. Tuition ranges
from approximately $18,650 to $42,700 per program, depending on
the nature and length of the program. Our campuses are
accredited and our undergraduate programs are eligible for
federal Title IV student financial aid funding. While
attending one of our undergraduate programs, students may
participate in manufacturer specific training programs, which
are offered at our campus locations and paid for by the student.
Upon completion of one of our automotive or diesel undergraduate
programs, qualifying students have the opportunity to apply for
enrollment in one of our manufacturer specific advanced training
(MSAT) programs. These programs are offered in facilities in
which OEMs supply the vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and
curricula. In most cases, tuition for the advanced training
programs is paid by each participating OEM or dealer in return
for a commitment by the student to work for a dealer of that OEM
upon graduation. We also provide continuing education and
training to experienced technicians.
3
Our undergraduate schools and programs are summarized in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Training
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Brand
|
|
Commenced
|
|
|
Principal Programs
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
MMI
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
Motorcycle
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Automotive
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial;
Collision Repair and Refinishing
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
Automotive; Motorcycle; Marine
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
North Carolina (Mooresville)
|
|
UTI/NTI
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Automotive; Automotive with
NASCAR
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial;
Collision Repair and Refinishing
|
In addition, we anticipate we will begin teaching our automotive
technology and automotive/diesel technology programs to students
at our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus during the summer of
2010.
Universal
Technical Institute (UTI)
UTI offers automotive, diesel and industrial, and collision
repair and refinishing programs that are master certified by the
National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation (NATEF), a
division of the Institute for Automotive Service Excellence
(ASE). In order to apply for NATEF certification, a school must
meet the ASE curriculum requirements and have also graduated its
first class. Students have the option to enhance their training
through the Ford Accelerated Credential Training (FACT) elective
at all UTI campuses. We also offer the BMW FastTrack elective
which is taught by UTI at BMWs Ontario, California
training center, the Avondale, Arizona campus, and the Orlando
BMW dedicated training center; the Cummins Qualified Technician
Program (CQTP) elective at our Avondale, Arizona and Houston,
Texas campuses; the Daimler Trucks Finish First elective at our
Avondale, Arizona campus; the International Truck Elective
Program (ITEP) at our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus; the
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC elective program at our Rancho Cucamonga,
California and Norwood, Massachusetts campuses; the Nissan
Automotive Technician Training (NATT) program at our Houston,
Texas; Mooresville, North Carolina; Sacramento, California and
Orlando, Florida campuses; and the Toyota Professional
Automotive Technician (TPAT) elective at our Glendale Heights,
Illinois, Exton, Pennsylvania and Sacramento, California
campuses. We offer the following programs under the UTI brand:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Technology. Established in
1965, the Automotive Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles. The
program ranges from 51 to 88 weeks in duration, and tuition
ranges from approximately $26,100 to $36,850. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive dealer service departments or automotive repair
facilities.
|
|
|
|
Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1968, the
Diesel & Industrial Technology program is designed to
teach students how to diagnose, service and repair diesel
systems and industrial equipment. The program is 45 to
57 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately
$23,650 to $30,550. Graduates of this program are qualified to
work as entry-level service technicians in medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including materials handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles and
diesel systems. The program ranges from 69 to 84 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $31,050 to
$39,450.
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Graduates of this program typically can work as entry-level
service technicians in automotive repair facilities, automotive
dealer service departments, diesel engine repair facilities,
medium and heavy truck facilities or truck dealerships.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial Technology program is
designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair
automobiles, diesel systems and industrial equipment. The
program ranges from 75 to 90 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $32,450 to $42,700. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer service
departments, diesel engine repair facilities, medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including material handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology
(CRRT). Established in 1999, the CRRT program
is designed to teach students how to repair non-structural and
structural automobile damage as well as how to prepare cost
estimates on all phases of repair and refinishing. The program
is 51 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from
approximately $26,450 to $28,800. Graduates of this program are
qualified to work as entry-level technicians at OEM dealerships
and independent repair facilities.
|
Motorcycle
Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute
(collectively, MMI)
|
|
|
|
|
Motorcycle. Established in 1973, the
MMI program is designed to teach students how to diagnose,
service and repair motorcycles and all-terrain vehicles. The
program ranges from 48 to 96 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $18,650 to $37,300. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in motorcycle dealerships and independent repair facilities. MMI
is supported by six major motorcycle manufacturers. We have
written agreements relating to motorcycle elective programs with
BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; and
Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A. In addition, we have verbal
understandings relating to motorcycle elective programs with
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp.; and
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written agreements for dealer
training with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; Harley-Davidson
Motor Co. and Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A. These motorcycle
manufacturers support us through their endorsement of our
curricula content, assisting in our course development,
providing equipment and product donations, and instructor
training. The verbal understandings referenced may be terminated
without cause by either party at any time.
|
|
|
|
Marine. Established in 1991, the MMI
program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service
and repair boats and personal watercraft. The program is
60 weeks in duration and tuition is approximately $25,800.
Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level
service technicians for marine dealerships and independent
repair shops, as well as for marinas, boat yards and yacht
clubs. MMI is supported by several marine manufacturers and we
have verbal agreements relating to marine elective programs with
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp.;
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.; and Yamaha Motor
Corp., USA. We have written agreements for dealer training with
American Honda Motor Co. Inc.; Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.;
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp. and Volvo Penta of
the Americas, Inc. These marine manufacturers support us through
their endorsement of our curricula content, assisting with
course development, equipment and product donations, and
instructor training. The verbal understandings referenced may be
terminated without cause by either party at any time.
|
NASCAR
Technical Institute (UTI/NTI)
Established in 2002, UTI/NTI offers the same type of automotive
training as other UTI locations, and offers automotive training
with additional NASCAR-specific courses. In the NASCAR-specific
courses, students have the opportunity to learn first-hand with
NASCAR engines and equipment and to acquire specific skills
required for entry-level positions in automotive and
racing-related career opportunities. The program ranges from 48
to 78 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from $26,800 to
$39,300. Graduates of the Automotive Technology
5
program and the Automotive Technology with NASCAR (the NASCAR
program) at UTI/NTI are qualified to work as entry-level service
technicians in automotive repair facilities or automotive dealer
service departments. Graduates from the NASCAR program have
additional opportunities to work in racing-related industries.
In 2007 and 2008, approximately 27% and 22%, respectively, of
the graduates from the NASCAR program have found employment
opportunities to work in racing-related industries with
approximately 63% and 68%, respectively, working in the
automotive service sector.
Manufacturer
Specific Advanced Training Programs
Our advanced programs are intended to offer in-depth instruction
on specific manufacturers products, qualifying a graduate
for employment with a dealer seeking highly specialized,
entry-level technicians with brand-specific skills. Students who
are highly ranked graduates of an automotive or diesel program
may apply to be selected for these programs. The programs range
from 14 to 24 weeks in duration and tuition is paid by the
manufacturer or dealer, subject to employment commitments made
by the student. The manufacturer also supplies vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula for the courses.
Pursuant to written agreements, we offer manufacturer specific
advanced training programs for the following OEMs: BMW of North
America, LLC; Navistar International Corp. (International
Technician Education Program); Porsche Cars of North America,
Inc.; and Volvo Cars of North America, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
BMW. We have a written agreement with BMW of
North America, LLC whereby we provide BMWs Service
Technician Education Program (STEP) at our Avondale, Arizona and
Orlando, Florida training facilities and at the BMW training
centers in Ontario, California; Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey and
the Mini Service Technical Education Program (Mini Cooper STEP)
at our Orlando, Florida training facilities using vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by BMW. This
agreement expires on December 31, 2011 and may be
terminated for cause by either party.
|
|
|
|
Navistar International Corp. We have a written
agreement with Navistar International Corp. whereby we provide
the International Technician Education Program (ITEP) training
program at our training facilities in Glendale Heights,
Illinois, Exton, Pennsylvania, and Sacramento, California using
vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by
Navistar. This agreement expires on December 31, 2011 and
may be terminated without cause by either party upon
180 days written notice.
|
|
|
|
Porsche. We have a written agreement with
Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the
Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche
Training Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Porsche. The written
agreement expires on September 30, 2010 and may be renewed
by mutual agreement.
|
|
|
|
Volvo. We have a written agreement with Ford
Motor Company whereby we conduct Volvos Service Automotive
Factory Education (SAFE) program training at our training
facility in Avondale, Arizona using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula approved by Volvo. This agreement
expires on December 31, 2009.
|
Dealer/Industry
Training
Technicians in all of the industries we serve are in regular
need of training or certification on new technologies.
Manufacturers are outsourcing a portion of this training to
education providers such as UTI. We currently provide dealer
technician training to manufacturers such as: American Honda
Motor Co., Inc.; BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson
Motor Co.; Kawasaki Motors Corp. U.S.A.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC;
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp. and Volvo Penta of
the Americas, Inc.
Industry
Relationships
We have a network of industry relationships that provide a wide
range of strategic and financial benefits, including
product/financial support, licensing and manufacturer training.
|
|
|
|
|
Product/Financial
Support. Product/financial support is an
integral component of our business strategy and is present
throughout our schools. In these relationships, sponsors provide
their products, including
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
equipment and supplies, at reduced or no cost to us, in return
for our use of those products in the classroom. In addition,
they may provide financial sponsorship to either us or our
students. Product/financial support is an attractive marketing
opportunity for sponsors because our classrooms provide them
with early access to the future end-users of their products. As
students become familiar with a manufacturers products
during training, they may be more likely to continue to use the
same products upon graduation. Our product support relationships
allow us to minimize the equipment and supply costs in each of
our classrooms and significantly reduce the capital outlay
necessary for operating and equipping our campuses.
|
An example of a product/financial support relationship is:
|
|
|
|
|
Snap-on Tools. Upon graduation from our
undergraduate programs, students receive a Snap-on Tools
entry-level tool set having an approximate retail value of
$1,000. We purchase these tool sets from Snap-on Tools at a
discount from their list price pursuant to a written agreement
which expires in April 2017. In the context of this
relationship, we have granted Snap-on Tools exclusive access to
our campuses to display tool related advertising, and we have
agreed to use Snap-on Tools equipment to train our students. We
receive credits from Snap-on Tools for student tool kits that we
purchase and any additional purchases made by our students. We
can then redeem those credits to purchase Snap-on Tools
equipment and tools for our campuses at the full retail list
price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Licensing. Licensing agreements enable
us to establish meaningful relationships with key industry
brands. We pay a licensing fee and, in return, receive the right
to use a particular industry participants name or logo in
our promotional materials and on our campuses. We believe that
our current and potential students generally identify favorably
with the recognized brand names licensed to us, enhancing our
reputation and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.
|
An example of a licensing arrangement is:
|
|
|
|
|
NASCAR. We have a licensing arrangement with
NASCAR and are its exclusive education provider for automotive
technicians. The agreement expires on December 31, 2017 and
may be terminated for cause by either party at any time prior to
its expiration. In July 2002, the NASCAR Technical Institute
opened in Mooresville, North Carolina. This relationship
provides us with access to the network of NASCAR sponsors,
presenting us with the opportunity to enhance our product
support relationships. The popular NASCAR brand name combined
with the opportunity to learn on high-performance cars is a
powerful recruiting and retention tool.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manufacturer Training. Manufacturer
training relationships provide benefits to us that impact each
of our education programs. These relationships support
entry-level training tailored to the needs of a specific
manufacturer, as well as continuing education and training of
experienced technicians. In our entry-level programs, students
receive training and certification on a given
manufacturers products. In return, the manufacturer
supplies vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts, and
assistance in developing curricula. Students who receive this
training are often certified to work on that manufacturers
products when they complete the program. The certification
typically leads to both improved employment opportunities and
the potential for higher wages. Manufacturer training
relationships lower the capital investment necessary to equip
our classrooms and provide us with a significant marketing
advantage. In addition, through these relationships,
manufacturers are able to increase the pool of skilled
technicians available to service and repair their products.
|
We actively seek to extend our relationship with a given
manufacturer by providing the manufacturers training to
entry level as well as experienced technicians. Similar to
advanced training, these programs are built on a training
relationship under which the manufacturer not only provides the
equipment and curricula but also pays for the students
tuition. These training courses often take place within our
existing facilities, allowing the manufacturer to avoid the
costs associated with establishing its own dedicated facility.
Examples of manufacturer training relationships include:
|
|
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. This is an example of
a student-paid elective program. Pursuant to a written
agreement, we offer a technician training Mercedes-Benz Program
at our Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
and Norwood, Massachusetts campuses. The Mercedes-Benz Program
uses training and course materials as well as training vehicles
and equipment provided by Mercedes-Benz. This agreement was
entered during 2009, will expire April 30, 2012 and may be
terminated without cause by either party upon 90 days
written notice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. This is an
example of a dealer technician training program paid for by the
manufacturer or dealer. We provide marine and motorcycle
training for experienced American Honda technicians utilizing
training materials and curricula provided by American Honda.
Pursuant to written agreements, our instructors provide marine
and motorcycle dealer training at American Honda-authorized
training centers across the United States. The marine dealer
training agreement expires on June 30, 2010 and the
motorcycle dealer training agreement expires on
September 30, 2010. These agreements may be terminated for
cause by American Honda at any time prior to their expiration.
Pursuant to verbal agreements, we oversee the administration of
the motorcycle training program, including technician
enrollment, and American Honda supports our campus Hon Tech
training program by donating equipment and providing curricula.
|
|
|
|
Porsche. This is an example of a MSAT program
paid for by the OEM. We have a written agreement with Porsche
Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the Porsche
Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche Training
Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment, specialty
tools and curricula provided by Porsche. The written agreement
expires on September 30, 2010 and may be renewed by mutual
agreement.
|
Student
Recruitment Model
We strive to increase our campus enrollment and profitability
through a web-centric marketing strategy and three primary sales
channels. Our strategy enables us to recruit a geographically
dispersed and demographically diverse student body including
recent high school graduates and adult learners.
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing and Advertising. Our
marketing strategies are designed to align lead generation and
lead conversion tactics with specific potential student
segments. We leverage a web-centric lead generation platform
that focuses on nationally efficient advertising coupled with
the internet, where our web site acts as the primary hub of our
campaigns, to inform, educate and convert site visitors to
leads. Currently, we advertise on television, radio and multiple
internet sites, in magazines, and use events, direct mail and
telemarketing to reach prospective students.
|
We utilize a student centered recruiting policy to maximize
efficiency of our admissions representatives with a focus on the
prospective student. Our admissions representatives are provided
training and tools to assist any prospective student.
Additionally, to enhance the productivity of our admissions
representatives, we have increased our emphasis on local
marketing and outreach by driving prospective students to visit
our campuses and take tours. Moreover, to assist converting
prospective students to enrolled students, we deploy specific
student contact strategies that deliver relevant content and
messaging that matches where the prospective student is in his
or her buying process.
|
|
|
|
|
Field-Based Representatives. Our
field-based education representatives recruit prospective
students primarily from high schools across the country. On
average, over the last three fiscal years approximately 50% of
our student population has been recruited directly out of high
school. Currently, we employ approximately 150 field-based
education representatives with assigned territories covering the
United States and U.S. territories. Our field-based
education representatives generate the majority of their leads
by making career presentations at high schools. Typically, the
field-based education representatives enroll high school
students during an application interview conducted at the homes
of prospective students.
|
Our reputation in local, regional and national business
communities, endorsements from high school guidance counselors
and the recommendations of satisfied graduates and employers are
some of our most effective recruiting tools. Accordingly, we
strive to build relationships with the people who influence the
career decisions of prospective students, such as vocational
instructors and high school guidance counselors.
8
We conduct seminars for high school career counselors and
instructors at our training facilities and campuses as a means
of further educating these individuals on the merits of our
technical training programs.
|
|
|
|
|
Campus-Based Representatives. In
addition to our field-based and military education
representatives, we employ campus-based representatives to
recruit adult career seeker or career changer students. These
representatives respond to student inquiries generated from
national, regional and local advertising and promotional
activities. Currently, we employ approximately 150 campus-based
education representatives. Since adults tend to start our
programs throughout the year instead of in the fall as is most
typical of traditional school calendars, these students help
balance our enrollment throughout the year.
|
|
|
|
Military Representatives. Our military
representatives develop relationships with military personnel
and provide information about our training programs. Currently,
we employ approximately 10 military representatives. We deliver
career presentations to soldiers who are approaching their date
of separation or have recently separated from the military as a
means of further educating these individuals on the merits of
our technical training programs.
|
Student
Admissions and Retention
We currently employ approximately 310 field, military and campus
based education representatives who work directly with
prospective students to facilitate the enrollment process. At
each campus, student admissions are overseen by an admissions
department that reviews each application. Different programs
have varying admissions standards. For example, applicants for
programs offered at our Avondale, Arizona location, which offers
an associate of occupational studies (AOS) degree, must provide
proof of: high school graduation, or its equivalent,
certification of high school equivalency (G.E.D.); successful
completion of a degree program at the postsecondary level; or
successful completion of officially recognized home schooling.
Students who present a diploma or certificate evidencing
completion of home schooling or an online high school program
are required to take and pass an entrance exam. Applicants at
all other locations must meet the same requirements, or be at
least 21 years of age and have the ability to benefit from
the training as demonstrated by personal interviews and
performance on a basic skills exam. Students who are beyond the
age of compulsory attendance and have completed a high school
program, but have not passed a state high school completion exam
where required, may also apply to attend through the ability to
benefit option, and must meet the same criteria outlined above.
Students enrolling at UTI campuses in California are also
required by state law to complete and achieve a passing score on
an entrance exam prior to being accepted into a program.
To maximize student persistence, we have student services
professionals and other resources to assist and advise students
regarding academic, financial, personal and employment matters.
Our consolidated student completion rate is approximately 70%,
which we believe compares favorably with the student completion
rates of other providers of comparable educational/training
programs.
Enrollment
We enroll students throughout the year. For the twelve months
ended September 30, 2009, we had an average enrollment of
15,854 full-time undergraduate students, representing an
increase of approximately 6% as compared to the twelve months
ended September 30, 2008. Currently, our student body is
geographically diverse, with a majority of our students at most
campuses having relocated to attend our programs. For the twelve
months ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we had
average undergraduate enrollments of 15,854, 14,941 and 15,856,
respectively.
Graduate
Placement
Securing employment opportunities for our graduates is critical
to our ability to attract high quality prospective students.
Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an
effective graduate placement program. Our placement rate for
2008 and 2007 was 88% and 91%, respectively. The placement
calculation is based on all graduates, including those that
completed manufacturer specific advanced training programs, from
October 1, 2007 to September 30, 2008 and
October 1, 2006 to September 30, 2007, respectively.
We anticipate our placement rate for 2009 may be lower than
we have experienced historically due to challenges created by
current economic
9
conditions. For 2008, UTI had 11,663 total graduates, of which
11,137 were available for employment. Of those graduates
available for employment, 9,749 were employed at the time of
reporting, for a total of 88%. For 2007, UTI had 12,294 total
graduates, of which 11,817 were available for employment. Of
those graduates available for employment, 10,708 were employed
at the time of reporting, for a total of 91%. In an effort to
maintain our high placement rates, we offer an on-going program
of employment search assistance to our students. Our schools
develop job opportunities and referrals, instruct active
students on employment search and interviewing skills, provide
access to reference materials and assistance with the
composition of resumes. We also seek out employers who may
participate in our Tuition Reimbursement Incentive Program
(TRIP), whereby employers assist our graduates with their
tuition obligation by paying back a portion or all of their
student loans. We believe that our employment services program
provides our students with a more compelling value proposition
and enhances the employment opportunities for our graduates.
Faculty
and Employees
Faculty members are hired nationally in accordance with
established criteria, applicable accreditation standards and
applicable state regulations. Members of our faculty are
primarily industry professionals and are hired based on their
prior work and educational experience. We require a specific
level of industry experience in order to enhance the quality of
the programs we offer and to address current and
industry-specific issues in the course content. We provide
intensive instructional training and continuing education to our
faculty members to maintain the quality of instruction in all
fields of study. Our existing instructors have an average of six
years of experience teaching at UTI and our average
undergraduate
student-to-teacher
ratio is approximately 23-to-1.
Each schools support team typically includes a campus
president, an education director, an admissions director, a
financial aid director, a student services director, an
employment services director, a campus controller and a
facilities director. As of September 30, 2009, we had
approximately 2,245 full-time employees, including
approximately 610 student support employees and approximately
825 full-time instructors.
Our employees are not represented by labor unions and are not
subject to collective bargaining agreements. We have never
experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have a good
relationship with our employees. However, if we open new
campuses, we may encounter employees who desire or maintain
union representation.
Competition
Our main competitors are other proprietary career-oriented and
technical schools, including Lincoln Technical Institute, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln Educational Services
Corporation, WyoTech, which is owned by Corinthian Colleges,
Inc. and traditional two-year junior and community colleges. We
compete at a local and regional level based primarily on the
content, visibility and accessibility of academic programs, the
quality of instruction and the time necessary to enter the
workforce. We believe that our industry relationships, size,
brand recognition, reputation and nationwide recruiting system
provide UTI a competitive advantage.
Environmental
Matters
We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and
campuses, and generate small quantities of regulated waste,
including, but not limited to, used oil, antifreeze,
transmission fluid, paint and car batteries. As a result, our
facilities and operations are subject to a variety of
environmental laws and regulations governing, among other
things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to
obtain permits for our air emissions, and to meet operational
and maintenance requirements, including periodic testing, for an
underground storage tank located at one of our properties. In
the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws
and regulations, or if we are responsible for a spill or release
of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines or penalties.
Available
Information
Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
10
1934 are available on our website, www.uti.edu under the
About Us Investors Financial
Reporting SEC Filings captions, as soon as
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such
material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC). Reports of our executive officers, directors
and any other persons required to file securities ownership
reports under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 are also available through our website. Information
contained on our website is not a part of this Report.
In Part III of this
Form 10-K,
we incorporate by reference certain information from
parts of other documents filed with the SEC, specifically our
proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The
SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to
it in that manner. Please refer to such information. We
anticipate that on or about January 15, 2010, our proxy
statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be
filed with the SEC and available on our website at
www.uti.edu under the About Us
Investors SEC Filings captions.
Information relating to corporate governance at UTI, including
our Code of Conduct for all of our employees and our
Supplemental Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer and
senior financial officers, and information concerning Board
Committees, including Committee charters, is available on our
website at www.uti.edu under the About Us
Investors Corporate Governance captions. We
will provide any of the foregoing information without charge
upon written request to Universal Technical Institute, Inc.,
20410 North 19th Avenue, Suite 200, Phoenix, Arizona
85027, Attention: Investor Relations.
Regulatory
Environment
Our institutions and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs to assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended (HEA), commonly referred to as Title IV
Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of
Education (ED). In 2009, we derived approximately 73% of our net
revenues from Title IV Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED, and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our institutions are
subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of
these entities.
State
Authorization
Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable
education agency of the state in which the institution is
located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or
certificates to its students. Our institutions are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State
authorization is also required for an institution to become and
remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs. In
addition, our institutions are required to be authorized by the
applicable state education agencies of certain other states in
which our institutions recruit students. Currently, each of our
institutions is authorized by the applicable state education
agency or agencies.
The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from
state to state and is extensive in some states. State laws
typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of
faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. Some states
prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are
consistent with those prescribed by ED and some states require
institutions to post a surety bond. Currently, we have posted
surety bonds on behalf of our institutions and education
representatives with multiple states of approximately
$13.3 million. We believe that each of our institutions is
in substantial compliance with state education agency
requirements. If any one of our institutions were to lose its
authorization from the education agency of the state in which
the institution is located, that institution would be unable to
offer its programs and we could be forced to close that
institution. If one of our institutions were to lose its
authorization from a state other than the state in which the
institution is located, that institution would not be able to
recruit students in that state.
11
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that those states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our institutions. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs, a
change of control or the hiring or placement of new education
representatives, could prevent us from making, or delay our
ability to make, such changes.
The California Bureau for Private Postsecondary and Vocational
Education (BPPVE), the state authorizing agency for our two
campuses located in California, became inoperative on
June 30, 2007 and was repealed on January 1, 2008. As
of September 30, 2009, in California, there was no
regulatory body with oversight of private postsecondary schools.
In October 2009, California approved the California Private
Postsecondary Education Act of 2009. The act established the
Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education in the Department of
Consumer Affairs as a successor agency to the BPPVE. The
legislation will take effect on January 1, 2010. We do not
expect this legislation to impact our California campuses.
Accreditation
Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an
institution voluntarily submits to ongoing qualitative review by
an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions
primarily examine the academic quality of the institutions
instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is
generally viewed as confirmation that the institutions
programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting
commissions also review the administrative and financial
operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each
institution has the resources necessary to perform its
educational mission.
Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by ED is
required for an institution to be certified to participate in
Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED,
accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their
review of educational institutions. All of our institutions are
accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and
Colleges, or ACCSC (formerly ACCSCT) an accrediting commission
recognized by ED. Our campuses received a five-year grant of
accreditation effective as follows:
May 2009 Phoenix, Arizona Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute (MMI)
February 2009 Avondale, Arizona; Houston, Texas;
Rancho Cucamonga, California; and Orlando, Florida
December 2008 NASCAR Technical Institute (UTI/NTI),
located in Mooresville, North Carolina
December 2007 Sacramento, California
July 2007 Norwood, Massachusetts
October 2006 Exton, Pennsylvania
The Glendale Heights, Illinois campus completed the application
for renewal of accreditation and on June 18, 2009, the
visiting accreditation team reported that there were no findings
of non-compliance and that our application would be considered
at the November 2009 meeting. We believe that each of our
institutions is in substantial compliance with ACCSC
accreditation standards. If any one of our institutions lost its
accreditation, students attending that institution would no
longer be eligible to receive Title IV Program funding, and
we could be forced to close that institution.
An accrediting commission may place an institution on reporting
status to monitor one or more specified areas of performance in
relation to the accreditation standards. An institution placed
on reporting status is required to report periodically to the
accrediting commission on that institutions performance in
the area or areas specified by the commission. As of
June 5, 2009, the Rancho Cucamonga, California campus was
placed on progress reporting to monitor the effectiveness of the
schools ability to process refunds in accordance with its
published refund policy. We have implemented new measures to
improve our refund processing. As a result, the ACCSC has
acknowledged we demonstrated marked improvement in processing
refunds in a timely manner. As of September 11, 2009, two
programs at the Orlando, Florida MMI campus were continued on
outcomes reporting. One of these programs had
12
insufficient enrollment (i.e., only one student) which resulted
in inconclusive graduation and employment rates. The other
program failed to satisfy the ACCSC benchmark graduation rate of
49% for a program of this length due in large part to the small
number of students participating in the program (161 students).
We modified this program with the intent to improve the
graduation rate. Both of these programs are being monitored in
an effort to produce successful outcomes. We expect these issues
to be resolved in the normal course of business.
Nature of
Federal and State Support for Postsecondary Education
The federal government provides a substantial part of its
support for postsecondary education through Title IV
Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can
use those funds at any institution that has been certified as
eligible by ED. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded
on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All
recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a
satisfactory grade point average and make timely progress toward
completion of their program of study. In addition, each
institution must ensure that Title IV Program funds are
properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to
eligible students.
Students at our institutions receive grants and loans to fund
their education under the following Title IV Programs:
(1) the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) program;
(2) the Federal Pell Grant (Pell) program; (3) the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
program; and (4) the Federal Perkins Loan (Perkins) program.
Federal
Title IV Programs
FFEL. Under the FFEL program, banks and
other lending institutions make loans to students or their
parents. If a student or parent defaults on a loan, payment is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by ED. Students with financial need qualify for
interest subsidies while in school and during grace periods. In
2009, we derived approximately 63% of our net revenues from the
FFEL program.
Pell. Under the Pell program, ED makes
grants to students who demonstrate financial need. In 2009, we
derived approximately 14% of our net revenues from the Pell
program.
FSEOG. FSEOG grants are designed to
supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial
need. We are required to provide matching funding for 25% of all
awards made under this program. In 2009, we derived less than 1%
of our net revenues from the FSEOG program.
Perkins. Perkins loans are made from a
revolving institutional account in which 75% of new funding is
capitalized by ED and the remainder by the institution. Each
institution is responsible for collecting payments on Perkins
loans from its former students and lending those funds to
currently enrolled students. Defaults by students on their
Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the
institutions revolving account to make loans to additional
students, but the institution does not have any obligation to
guarantee the loans or repay the defaulted amounts. For the
federal award year that extends from July 1, 2009 through
June 30, 2010, ED has no current plans to disburse any new
federal funds to any institutions for Perkins loans due to
federal appropriations limitations; however, institutions may
continue to make new Perkins loans to students out of their
existing revolving accounts. In 2009, we derived less than 1% of
our net revenues from the Perkins program.
Other
Federal and State Programs
Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources
other than Title IV Programs, such as the programs
administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and
under the Workforce Investment Act. On August 1, 2009, the
Post-9/11 GI Bill became effective for training. For many
eligible participants, the Post-9/11 GI Bill is an alternative
to other VA education benefit programs, such as the Montgomery
GI Bill Active Duty, Montgomery GI Bill
Selected Reserve and the Reserve Education Assistance Program
(REAP). However, the Post-9/11 GI Bill is available for use only
at a degree granting institution of higher learning. Currently,
only our Avondale, Arizona campus has degree granting programs.
In addition, many states also provide financial aid to our
students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships. The
eligibility requirements for state financial aid and other
federal aid programs vary among the funding agencies and by
program. Several states that provide financial aid to
13
our students, including California, continue to face significant
budgetary constraints. We believe that the overall level of
state financial aid for our students may decrease in the near
term, but we cannot predict how significant any such reductions
will be or how long they will last.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized
by ED and be certified as eligible by ED. ED will certify an
institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after
the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and
EDs extensive regulations regarding institutional
eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance
to ED on an ongoing basis. All of our institutions are certified
to participate in Title IV Programs.
EDs Title IV Program standards are applied primarily
on an institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as
a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this
definition for ED purposes we have the following three
institutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona
|
Main campus: Universal Technical Institute, Avondale, Arizona
Additional locations: Universal Technical Institute, Glendale
Heights, Illinois
Universal
Technical Institute, Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute NASCAR Technical
Institute, Mooresville, North Carolina
|
Universal
Technical Institute, Norwood, Massachusetts
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix
|
|
|
|
|
Main campus:
|
Universal Technical Institute DBA Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute, Motorcycle & Marine Mechanics Institute,
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
|
|
Additional locations:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Sacramento, California
|
Universal
Technical Institute, Orlando Florida
Divisions: Motorcycle Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Marine
Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Automotive,
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas
|
Main campus: Universal Technical Institute, Houston, Texas
Additional location: Universal Technical Institute, Exton,
Pennsylvania
In July 2006, ED began its recertification process for our
institutions. Upon completion of its review, ED fully certified
all of our institutions. ED certified our Houston, Texas
institution and its additional locations to participate in
Title IV Programs through March 2012. ED certified our
Avondale and Phoenix, Arizona institutions and their additional
locations to participate in Title IV Programs through
September 2010. We will begin the renewal certification process
for the Arizona institutions in March 2010.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through
Title IV Programs, the large number of students and
institutions participating in those programs and instances of
fraud and abuse by some institutions and students in the past
have caused Congress to require ED to exercise significant
regulatory oversight over institutions participating in
Title IV Programs. Accrediting commissions and state
education agencies also have responsibility for overseeing
compliance of institutions with Title IV Program
requirements. As a result, each of our institutions is subject
to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex
framework of laws and regulations. Because ED
14
periodically revises its regulations and changes its
interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot
predict with certainty how the Title IV Program
requirements will be applied in all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional Action. Political and
budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs.
Congress has historically reauthorized the HEA approximately
every five to six years. The HEA was reauthorized, amended and
signed into law on August 14, 2008 (the 2008 Act). The 2008
Act continued the availability of Title IV funds,
authorized additional aid and benefits for students, required
new federal reporting items and disclosures and codified
compliance requirements related to student loans. In addition,
the 2008 Act implemented numerous changes that impact how our
institutions comply with the requirement that they receive no
less than a certain percentage of their revenue from sources
other than the Title IV programs, and with the cohort
default rate requirement.
Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for
Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Since a significant
percentage of our net revenues is derived from Title IV
Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV Program funding, or reduces the ability of our
institutions or students to participate in Title IV
Programs, could reduce our student enrollment and net revenues.
Congressional action may also increase our administrative costs
and require us to modify our practices in order for our
institutions to comply with Title IV Program requirements.
In September 2007, the College Cost Reduction and Access Act was
signed into law. This law increased Pell Grants, gradually
reduced the interest rate on federal Stafford loans by half over
five years, and provided broader access to the grant and loan
programs. The funds used to support these changes, however, come
exclusively from the reduction of federal subsidies for the
student loan providers involved in the FFEL program and the
related costs may be passed to students through increased fees
and reduced borrower benefits. Our students have not experienced
difficulty in obtaining their loans under the FFEL program and
we believe our lender relationships remain strong. In the past
year, the list of national unaffiliated federal student loan
providers we work with has expanded from four to seven.
The 90/10 Rule. A for-profit
institution loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% of its
revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal
years as calculated under a formula mandated by ED and based on
a cash basis of accounting. The 2008 Act includes implications
for failing to comply with the requirements, mandates certain
disclosure requirements, provides specific information on the
calculations of the percentage of Title IV Program funds an
institution received, and provides temporary relief from the
impact of the increased student eligibility for Title IV
Program funds.
The 2008 Act provides that an institution must exceed the 90%
threshold for two consecutive institutional fiscal years to be
subject to loss of Title IV eligibility. Further, if an
institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will
place the institution on provisional certification for a period
of at least two years. The 2008 Act also provides that an
institution that does exceed the 90% threshold for two
consecutive years will lose Title IV eligibility for at
least the next two years and if the institution exceeds the 90%
threshold for two consecutive years, eligibility will terminate
on the date the institution is determined ineligible
by ED instead of the automatic loss of eligibility at the end of
the fiscal year during which the institution exceeded the 90%
threshold.
The 2008 Act provides specific guidance to the 90/10 calculation
methodology, including the treatment of certain portions of
Stafford loans, institutional loans, and revenue received from
non-Title IV programs. The annual unsubsidized Stafford
loans available for undergraduate students under the FFEL
program increased by $2,000 on July 1, 2008, which, coupled
with recent increases in the amount available to students via
Pell Grants and other Title IV Programs, may result in some
of our institutions receiving an increased amount of revenue
from Title IV Programs. The 2008 Act provides relief from
these recent increases in the availability and amount of federal
aid. For the period from July 1, 2008 until June 30,
2011, an institution will be able to count as non-Title IV
revenue that portion of any unsubsidized Stafford loan received
by a student that exceeds the maximum loan amount that would
have been available to such student under the law that was in
effect prior to July 1, 2008.
For 2007 and 2008, we used the methodology in place prior to the
2008 Act to calculate the percentage of revenue derived from
Title IV Programs for each of our institutions. For 2009,
we revised our 90/10 calculation
15
formula to comply with the provisions of the 2008 Act and
determined that none of our institutions derived more than 90%
of its revenue from Title IV Programs for any year. For
2009, our institutions 90/10 Rule Title IV
percentages ranged from 71% to 76%. We regularly monitor
compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any
of our institutions would derive more than the allowable maximum
percentage of its revenue from Title IV Programs for any
fiscal year.
Student Loan Defaults. An institution
may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all
Title IV Programs if the rates at which the
institutions current and former students default on their
federal student loans exceed specified percentages. ED
calculates these rates based on the number of students who have
defaulted on their Federal Stafford loans, not the dollar amount
of such defaults. ED calculates an institutions cohort
default rate on an annual basis as the rate at which borrowers
scheduled to begin repayment on their loans in one federal
fiscal year default on those loans by the end of the next
federal fiscal year. An institution whose FFEL cohort default
rate is 25% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal
years ending September 30 loses eligibility to participate in
the FFEL and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal
fiscal year in which ED determines that such institution has
lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal
years. An institution whose FFEL cohort default rate exceeds 40%
for two consecutive federal fiscal years may have its
eligibility to participate in all Title IV Programs
limited, suspended or terminated by ED.
None of our institutions had an FFEL cohort default rate of 25%
or greater for any of the federal fiscal years 2007, 2006 and
2005, the three most recent years for which ED has published
such rates. The following table sets forth the FFEL cohort
default rates for our institutions for those years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL Cohort Default Rate
|
|
Institution
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
The 2008 Act extends by one year the period for which student
loan defaults will be included in the calculation of an
institutions default rate, a change that is expected to
increase our cohort default rates. The new law also increases
the threshold for an institution to lose its eligibility to
participate in the relevant Title IV Programs for three
consecutive years from 25% to 30%. These changes to the law take
effect for institutions cohort default rates for federal
fiscal year 2009, which are expected to be calculated and issued
by ED in 2012.
An institution whose cohort default rate under the FFEL program
is less than 10% for three consecutive years is not subject to a
30 day delay in receiving the first disbursement on FFEL
loans. As of September 30, 2009, none of our institutions
are subject to delayed disbursements. An institution whose
cohort default rate under the FFEL program is 25% or greater,
but less than 40%, for any one of the three most recent federal
fiscal years may be placed on provisional certification status
by ED for up to three years. None of our institutions are on
provisional status with ED.
Perkins. An institution with a cohort
default rate under the Perkins program that is greater than 15%
for any federal award year, the twelve month period from July 1
through June 30, may be placed on provisional
certification. An institution whose Perkins cohort default rate
is 50% or greater for three consecutive federal award years
loses eligibility to participate in the Perkins program and must
liquidate its loan portfolio. None of our institutions had a
Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for any of the
last three federal award years. ED also will not provide any
additional federal funds to an institution for Perkins loans in
any federal award year in which the institutions Perkins
cohort default rate is 25% or greater. All of our institutions
have Perkins cohort default rates less than 11% for students who
were scheduled to begin repayment in the federal award year
ended June 30, 2008, the most recent federal award year
reported by our institutions. None of our institutions has had
its federal Perkins funding eliminated for the past three
federal award years for this reason. For the federal award year
ending June 30, 2010, as with the two preceding federal
award years, ED will not disburse any new federal funds to any
institutions for Perkins loans due to federal appropriations
limitations. In our 2009 fiscal year, we derived less than 1% of
our net revenues from the Perkins program.
16
Financial Responsibility Standards. All
institutions participating in Title IV Programs must
satisfy specific ED standards of financial responsibility. ED
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each
year, based on the institutions annual audited financial
statements, as well as following a change of control of the
institution.
The institutions financial responsibility is measured by
its composite score which is calculated by ED based on three
ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
the equity ratio which measures the institutions capital
resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
|
|
|
|
the primary reserve ratio which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
the net income ratio which measures the institutions
ability to operate at a profit.
|
ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these
ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with
negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0
reflecting financial strength. ED then assigns a weighting
percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the
three ratios together to produce a composite score for the
institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the
institution to be deemed financially responsible without the
need for further oversight. In addition to having an acceptable
composite score, an institution must, among other things, meet
all of its financial obligations including required refunds to
students and any Title IV Program liabilities and debts, be
current in its debt payments, and not receive an adverse,
qualified, or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its
audited financial statements. If ED determines that an
institution does not satisfy its financial responsibility
standards, depending on the resulting composite score and other
factors, that institution may establish its financial
responsibility on an alternative basis by:
|
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total Title IV Program funds received by the
institution during its most recently completed fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of
such prior years Title IV Program funds, accepting
provisional certification, complying with additional ED
monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV
Program funds under an arrangement other than EDs standard
advance funding arrangement; or
|
|
|
|
complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an
arrangement other than EDs standard advance funding
arrangement.
|
ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our
institutions on a consolidated basis based on the financial
statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., as the parent
company. EDs regulations permit ED to examine the
financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the
financial statements of each institution and the financial
statements of any related party. UTIs composite score has
exceeded the required minimum composite score of 1.5 for each of
our fiscal years since 2004.
Return of Title IV Funds. An
institution participating in Title IV Programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them. The institution
must return those unearned funds to ED or the appropriate
lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally
within 45 days from the date the institution determines
that the student has withdrawn.
If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for
returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the
students in the audit or program review sample, the institution
must post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount equal
to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that
should have been returned for students who withdrew in the
institutions previous fiscal year. Our 2009 and 2008
Title IV compliance audits did not cite any of our
institutions for exceeding the 5% late payment threshold.
Institution Acquisitions. When a
company acquires an institution that is eligible to participate
in Title IV Programs, that institution undergoes a change
of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED.
Upon such a change of control, an institutions eligibility
to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended
until it has applied for recertification by ED as an eligible
institution under its new ownership which requires that the
17
institution also re-establish its state authorization and
accreditation. ED may temporarily and provisionally certify an
institution seeking approval of a change of control under
certain circumstances while ED reviews the institutions
application. The time required for ED to act on such an
application may vary substantially. EDs recertification of
an institution following a change of control may be on a
provisional basis. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to acquire additional institutions and have them
certified by ED to participate in Title IV Programs. Our
expansion plans take into account the approval requirements of
ED and the relevant state education agencies and accrediting
commissions.
Change of Control. In addition to
institution acquisitions, other types of transactions can also
cause a change of control. ED and most state education agencies
and our accrediting commission have standards pertaining to the
change of control of institutions, but these standards are not
uniform. EDs regulations describe some transactions that
constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a
controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or
the institutions parent corporation. With respect to a
publicly-traded corporation, ED regulations provide that a
change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if there
is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a
Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change
of control or (b) if the corporation has a
Controlling Stockholder, as defined in the ED
regulations, that owns or controls through agreement at least
25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and
is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that
stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases
to be the largest stockholder. These change of control standards
are subject to interpretation by ED. Most of the states and our
accrediting commission include the sale of a controlling
interest of common stock in the definition of a change of
control. A change of control under the definition of one of
these agencies would require the affected institution to have
its state authorization and accreditation reaffirmed by that
agency. The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the
states and our accrediting commission vary widely.
A change of control could occur as a result of future
transactions in which our company or institutions are involved.
Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of
directors are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the
potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence
future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. If a
future transaction results in a change of control of our company
or our institutions, we believe that we will be able to obtain
all necessary approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and
the applicable state education agencies. However, we cannot
ensure that all such approvals can be obtained at all or in a
timely manner that will not delay or reduce the availability of
Title IV Program funds for our students and institutions.
Opening Additional Institutions and Adding Educational
Programs. For-profit educational institutions
must be authorized by their state education agencies, accredited
by an agency recognized by ED, and be fully operational for two
years before applying to ED to participate in Title IV
Programs. However, an institution that is certified to
participate in Title IV Programs may establish an
additional location and apply to participate in Title IV
Programs at that location without regard to the two-year
requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other
applicable ED eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are
based, in part, on our ability to open new institutions as
additional locations of our existing institutions and take into
account EDs approval requirements. Currently, all of our
institutions are eligible to offer Title IV Program
funding. We anticipate opening a new location in the
Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas area as an additional location
under the Houston, Texas institution in the summer of 2010.
A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the
costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational
program offered by an institution participating in Title IV
Programs. Generally, an institution that is eligible to
participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational
program without ED approval if that new program is licensed by
the applicable state agency, accredited by an agency recognized
by ED and (a) leads to an associate level or higher degree
and the institution already offers programs at that level, or
(b) if that program meets minimum length requirements and
prepares students for gainful employment in the same or a
related occupation as an educational program that has previously
been designated as an eligible program at that institution. If
an institution erroneously determines that an educational
program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the
institution would likely be liable for repayment of
Title IV Program funds provided to students in that
educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to add new educational programs at our existing
18
institutions. We do not believe that current ED regulations will
create significant obstacles to our plans to add new programs.
Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting
commission also have requirements that may affect our
institutions ability to open a new campus, establish an
additional location of an existing institution or begin offering
a new educational program. We do not believe that these
standards will create significant obstacles to our expansion
plans.
Administrative Capability. ED assesses
the administrative capability of each institution that
participates in Title IV Programs under a series of
separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may
lead ED to find the institution ineligible to participate in
Title IV Programs, require the institution to repay
Title IV Program funds, change the method of payment of
Title IV Program funds, or to place the institution on
provisional certification as a condition of its continued
participation. One standard that applies to programs with the
stated objective of preparing students for employment requires
the institution to show a reasonable relationship between the
length of the program and the entry-level job requirements of
the relevant field of employment. We believe we have made the
required showing for each of our applicable programs.
Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other
Incentive Payments. An institution
participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any
commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or
indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid
to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or
admission activities or in making decisions regarding the
awarding of Title IV Program funds. ED regulations
establish criteria for complying with this standard. Although ED
has announced that it will no longer review and approve
individual institutions compensation plans, we believe
that our current compensation plans are in compliance with the
HEA and EDs regulations although we cannot assure you that
ED will not find deficiencies in our compensation plans.
Eligibility and Certification
Procedures. Each institution must apply to ED
for continued certification to participate in Title IV
Programs at least every six years, or when it undergoes a change
of control. Further, an institution may come under ED review
when it expands its activities in certain ways such as opening
an additional location or raising the highest academic
credential it offers. ED may place an institution on provisional
certification status if it finds that the institution does not
fully satisfy all of the ED eligibility and certification
standards and in certain other circumstances, such as when an
institution undergoes a change of ownership or control. ED may
withdraw an institutions provisional certification without
advance notice if ED determines that the institution is not
fulfilling all material requirements. In addition, ED may more
closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if
it applies for approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another institution or make any
other significant change. Provisional certification does not
otherwise limit an institutions access to Title IV
Program funds.
All of our existing institutions were granted Title IV
recertification in 2006. Our Arizona and Phoenix institutions
and their additional locations are fully certified with Program
Participation Agreements (PPAs) expiring on September 30,
2010. We will begin the renewal certification process for these
campuses in March 2010. Our Texas institution and its additional
location are fully certified with a PPA expiring March 31,
2012.
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of
Regulatory Violations. Our institutions are
subject to audits and program compliance reviews by various
external agencies, including ED, EDs Office of Inspector
General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty
agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and our
accrediting commission. Each of our institutions
administration of Title IV Program funds must also be
audited annually by an independent accounting firm and the
resulting audit report submitted to ED for review. If ED or
another regulatory agency determined that one of our
institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or
violated a provision of the Higher Education Act or EDs
regulations, that institution could be required to repay such
funds and could be assessed an administrative fine. ED could
also transfer the institution from the advance method of
receiving Title IV Program funds to the cash monitoring or
reimbursement system of receiving Title IV Program funds,
which could negatively impact cash flow at an institution.
Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by
us or any of our institutions could be the basis for a
proceeding by ED to limit, suspend or terminate the
participation of the affected institution in Title IV
Programs. Generally, such a termination extends for
18 months before the institution may apply for
reinstatement of its participation. There is no ED proceeding
pending
19
to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or
terminate any of our institutions participation in
Title IV Programs, and we have no reason to believe that
any such proceeding is contemplated. Violations of Title IV
Program requirements could also subject us or our institutions
to other civil and criminal penalties.
We and our institutions are also subject to complaints and
lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by
our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies
and third parties such as present or former students or
employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to
successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint or
lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject
to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or
other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or
defend against any such complaint or lawsuit, we may have to
devote significant financial and management resources in order
to reach such a result.
Predominant Use of One Lender and One Guaranty
Agency. Our students have traditionally
received their FFEL student loans from a limited number of
lending institutions. For example, in our 2009 fiscal year, one
lending institution, Sallie Mae, provided approximately 54% of
the FFEL loans that our students received. In addition, in our
2009 fiscal year, one student loan guaranty agency, United
Student Aid Funds (USAF), guaranteed approximately 54% of the
FFEL loans that our students received. Sallie Mae and USAF are
among the largest student loan lending institutions and guaranty
agencies in the United States in terms of loan volume.
We currently have a list of seven unaffiliated federal student
loan providers and a separate list of three private unaffiliated
alternative loan providers to assist new borrowers in selecting
a lender. These lenders were selected for their quality customer
service, national presence, borrower benefits, streamlined
processing and consistent willingness to lend to our students.
Additionally, in May 2009 we expanded our use of loan guaranty
agencies to include the Texas Guaranteed Student Loan
Commission, or TG, a nationally recognized guarantor of federal
student loans.
Although our lender lists are designed to provide a starting
point for lender selection, at the students direction, we
will process applications from any qualified lender or guarantee
agency that a student selects. In addition, we continue to
refine our student loan application process and update our
related website. The 2008 Act requires us to conduct a formal
request for information (RFI) annually as it relates to the use
of lender lists. Our most recent formal RFI was completed in
April 2009, resulting in our current list after comparative
analysis was completed.
20
Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995:
This 2009
Form 10-K
and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which
include information relating to future events, future financial
performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment,
regulation and availability of resources. From time to time, we
also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we
release to the public as well as verbal forward-looking
statements. These forward-looking statements include, without
limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs;
scheduled openings of new campuses and campus expansions;
expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will
not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity; statements
concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or
forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results
and future economic performance; and statements of
managements goals and objectives and other similar
expressions. Such statements give our current expectations or
forecasts of future events; they do not relate strictly to
historical or current facts. Words such as may,
will, should, could,
would, predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates, and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking
statements.
We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will
be realized, although we believe we have been prudent in our
plans and assumptions. Achievement of future results is subject
to risks, uncertainties and potentially inaccurate assumptions.
Many events beyond our control may determine whether results we
anticipate will be achieved. Should known or unknown risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions
prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from
past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. You
should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking
statements.
We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise. You are advised,
however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related
subjects in our
Form 10-Q
and 8-K
reports to the SEC. Also note that we provide the following
cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly
inaccurate assumptions relevant to our business. These are
factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we think could
cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and
historical results. We note these factors for investors as
permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. You should understand that it is not possible to predict
or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not
consider the following to be a complete discussion of all
potential risks or uncertainties.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Failure
of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements for school operations could result in financial
penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external
financial aid funding.
In 2009, we derived approximately 73% of our net revenues, on a
cash basis, from federal student financial aid programs,
referred to in this report as Title IV Programs,
administered by ED. To participate in Title IV Programs, a
school must receive and maintain authorization by the
appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as an
eligible institution by ED. As a result, our undergraduate
schools are subject to extensive regulation by the state
education agencies, our accrediting commission and ED. These
regulatory requirements cover the vast majority of our
operations, including our undergraduate educational programs,
facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and financial condition. These regulatory
requirements also affect our ability to acquire or open
additional schools, add new, or expand our existing
undergraduate educational programs and change our corporate
structure and ownership. The agencies that regulate the schools
also periodically revise their requirements and modify their
interpretations of existing requirements. Most ED requirements
are applied on an institutional basis, with an
institution defined by ED as a main campus and its
additional locations, if any. Under EDs definition, we
have three such institutions. The state education agencies, our
accrediting commission and ED periodically revise their
requirements and modify their interpretations of existing
requirements.
21
If our schools failed to comply with any of these regulatory
requirements, our regulatory agencies could impose monetary
penalties, place limitations on our schools operations,
terminate our schools ability to grant degrees, diplomas
and certificates, revoke our schools accreditation or
terminate their eligibility to receive Title IV Program
funds, each of which could adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and liquidity and impose
significant operating restrictions upon us. We cannot predict
with certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be
applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply
with all of the requirements in the future. We believe that we
have described the most significant regulatory risks that apply
to our schools in the following paragraphs.
A
substantial decrease in student financing options, or a
significant increase in financing costs for our students, could
have a material adverse affect on our student population and
consequently, on our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition.
The consumer credit markets in the United States have suffered
from increases in default rates and foreclosures on mortgages
and other loans. Providers of federally guaranteed student loans
and alternative student loans have also experienced increases in
default rates. Adverse market conditions for consumer and
federally guaranteed student loans have resulted in providers of
alternative loans and FFEL lenders exiting the student loan
market and other providers reducing the attractiveness
and/or
decreasing the availability of alternative loans to
postsecondary students, including students with low credit
scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based
alternative loans. Prospective students may find that increased
financing costs make borrowing to fund their education costs
unattractive and motivate them to abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs such as our programs. Tight
credit markets may also move private lenders to impose on us and
our students new or increased fees in order to provide
alternative loans to prospective and continuing students. If any
of these scenarios were to occur, in whole or in part, our
students ability to finance their education could be
adversely affected and could result in a decrease in our student
population, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Congress is considering legislation to eliminate the FFEL loan
program and move all federal student lending into the Federal
Direct Loan (FDL) program. A transition to the FDL program could
cause disruptions to the administration of Title IV Program
loans to our students if we or ED encounter difficulties with
the systems or processes necessary for increased FDL loans.
Additionally, any actions by the U.S. Congress that
significantly reduce funding for Title IV Programs or the
ability of our students to participate in these programs, or
establish different or more stringent requirements for our
schools to participate in Title IV Programs, could have a
material adverse effect on our student population, and
consequently, on our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition.
Congress
may change the law or reduce funding for Title IV Programs
which could reduce our student population, net revenues and/or
profit margin.
Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965,
as amended (HEA), and other laws governing Title IV
Programs and annually determines the funding level for each
Title IV Program. Congress most recently reauthorized the
HEA in 2008 and the new law contains numerous revisions to the
requirements governing Title IV Programs as discussed
throughout this Report. Any action by Congress that
significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the
ability of our schools or students to receive funding through
these programs could reduce our student population and net
revenues. Congressional action may also require us to modify our
practices in ways that could increase administrative costs,
reduce the ability of students to finance their education at our
schools, and materially decrease student enrollment and result
in decreased profitability.
A high
percentage of the Title IV student loans our students
receive were made by one lender and guaranteed by one guaranty
agency which exposes us to financial and regulatory
risk.
In 2009, one lender, Sallie Mae, provided approximately 54% of
all FFEL loans that our students received and one student loan
guaranty agency, USAF, guaranteed approximately 54% of the FFEL
loans made to our students. Sallie Mae and USAF are among the
largest student loan lending institutions and guaranty agencies
in the
22
United States in terms of loan volume. If loans made by
Sallie Mae or guaranteed by USAF were significantly reduced or
no longer available and we were not able to timely identify
other lenders and guarantors to make and guarantee Title IV
Program loans for our students, there could be a delay in our
students receipt of their loan funds or in our tuition
collection, which would reduce our student population.
An
increase in the regulatory burden on the providers of private
loans to our students could increase the cost of borrowing for
our students, which could reduce our student population, net
revenues and/or profit margin.
The 2008 reauthorization of the HEA and related proposed and
final regulations place significant new restrictions on the
relationships between institutions and the providers of private
loans, and require that certain specific terms and disclosures
accompany such loans. This increased regulatory burden, coupled
with recent adverse market conditions for consumer and federally
guaranteed student loans (including lenders increasing
difficulties in reselling or syndicating student loan
portfolios) have resulted, and could continue to result, in
providers of private loans reducing the availability of or
increasing the costs associated with providing private loans to
postsecondary students. In particular, loans to students with
low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for
credit-based private loans have become increasingly difficult to
obtain. Prospective students may find that these increased
financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and
abandon or delay enrollment in our education programs. If any of
these scenarios were to occur, our students ability to
finance their education could be adversely affected and our
student population could decrease, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
If our
schools do not maintain their state authorizations, they may not
operate or participate in Title IV Programs.
A school that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be
authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in
which it is located. Requirements for authorization vary
substantially among states. State authorization is also required
for students to be eligible for funding under Title IV
Programs. Loss of state authorization by any of our schools from
the education agency of the state in which the school is located
would end that schools eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school.
If our
schools do not maintain their accreditation, they may not
participate in Title IV Programs.
A school must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by ED in order to participate in Title IV
Programs. Loss of accreditation by any of our schools would end
that schools participation in Title IV Programs and
could cause us to close the school.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if the percentage of their revenue derived from those
programs is too high which could reduce our student
population.
Under the 90/10 Rule, a for-profit institution loses its
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it
derives more than 90% of its revenue, under a calculation
mandated by ED and on a cash basis, from those programs for two
consecutive institutional fiscal years. The period of
ineligibility covers at least the next two succeeding fiscal
years, and any Title IV funds already received by the
institution and its students during the period of ineligibility
would have to be returned to the applicable lender. If an
institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will
place the institution on provisional certification for a period
of at least two years. In our 2009 fiscal year, under the
regulatory formula prescribed by ED, none of our institutions
derived more than 76% of its revenues from Title IV
Programs. If any of our institutions loses eligibility to
participate in Title IV Programs, such a loss would
adversely affect our students access to various
government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could
reduce our student population.
23
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if their student loan default rates are too high, which
could reduce our student population.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all Title IV Programs if its former students default on
the repayment of their federal student loans in excess of
specified levels. Based upon the most recent student loan
default rates published by ED, none of our institutions has
student loan default rates that exceed the specified levels. If
any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs because of high student loan default
rates, such a loss would adversely affect our students
access to various government-sponsored student financial aid
programs which could reduce our student population.
If we
or our schools do not meet the financial responsibility
standards prescribed by ED, we may be required to post letters
of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs could be terminated or limited which could reduce our
student population or impact our cash flow.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must
satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed
by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly
accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV
Programs. The operating conditions that may be placed on a
school that does not meet the standards of financial
responsibility include being transferred from the advance
payment method of receiving Title IV Program funds to
either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring
system, which could result in a significant delay in the
institutions receipt of those funds or increased
administrative costs relating to those funds. We are not
currently required to post a letter of credit on behalf of any
of our schools and are not subject to additional operating
conditions. We may be required to post letters of credit in the
future, which could increase our costs of regulatory compliance,
or change the timing of receipt of Title IV Program funds.
Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or the
imposition of other limitations on our participation in
Title IV Programs could limit our students access to
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
which could reduce our student population or impact our cash
flow.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV Program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
programs.
A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that has been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them and must return
those unearned funds in a timely manner to ED or the appropriate
lender, generally within 45 days of the date the school
determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds
are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may be
required to post a letter of credit in favor of ED, pay interest
on the late repayment of funds, or be otherwise sanctioned by
ED, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and
adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, the
failure to timely return Title IV Program funds also could
result in the termination of eligibility to receive such funds
going forward.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in Title IV Programs may not provide
any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based on
success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any
person involved in any student recruiting or admission
activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of
Title IV Program funds. The law and regulations governing
this requirement do not establish clear criteria for compliance
in all circumstances. If we violate this law we could be fined
or otherwise sanctioned by ED, which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
Government
and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance
reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against
us.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and
lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third
parties alleging noncompliance with applicable standards. While
we are committed to strict compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and
24
accrediting standards, if the results of government, regulatory
or third party reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or
if we are unable to defend successfully against lawsuits or
claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to
fines, limitations, loss of regulatory approvals or
Title IV Program funding, injunctions or other penalties.
Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review
or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert
significant financial and management resources from our ongoing
business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or
defend those lawsuits or claims.
Our
business and stock price could be adversely affected as a result
of regulatory investigations of, or actions commenced against,
other companies in our industry.
In recent years, the operations of a number of companies in the
education and training services industry have been subject to
intense regulatory scrutiny. In some cases, allegations of
wrongdoing on the part of such companies have resulted in formal
or informal investigations by the U.S. Department of
Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, state
governmental agencies and ED. These allegations have attracted
adverse media coverage and have been the subject of legislative
hearings and regulatory actions at both the federal and state
levels, focusing not only on the individual schools but in some
cases on the for-profit postsecondary education sector as a
whole. These investigations of specific companies in the
education and training services industry could have a negative
impact on our industry as a whole and on our stock price.
Furthermore, the outcome of such investigations and any
accompanying adverse publicity could negatively affect our
business.
Budget
constraints in some states may affect our ability to obtain
necessary authorizations or approvals from those states to
conduct or change our operations.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that some states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our schools. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs, a
change of control or the hiring or placement of new education
representatives, could prevent us from making such changes or
could delay our ability to make such changes.
Budget
constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our
students could reduce the amount of such financial aid that is
available to our students which could reduce our student
population.
A significant number of states are facing budget constraints
that are causing them to reduce state appropriations in a number
of areas. Many of those states, including California and
Pennsylvania, provide financial aid to our students. These and
other states may decide to reduce or redirect the amount of
state financial aid that they provide to students, but we cannot
predict how significant any of these reductions will be or how
long they will last. If the level of state funding for our
students decreases and our students are not able to secure
alternative sources of funding, our student population could be
reduced.
If
regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that
participates in Title IV Program funding or the opening of
an additional location, the acquired school and/or the
additional location would not be permitted to participate in
Title IV Programs, which could impair our ability to
operate the acquired school and/or the additional location as
planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from the
acquisition of that school and/or opening of the additional
location.
If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV
Program funding
and/or open
an additional location, we must obtain approval from ED and
applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions
in order for the school
and/or
additional location to be able to operate and participate in
Title IV Programs. While we would attempt to ensure we will
be able to receive such approval prior to acquiring a school
and/or
opening an additional location, approval may be withheld or
postponed due to matters outside of our control. An acquisition
can result in the temporary suspension of the acquired
schools participation in Title IV Programs and
opening an additional location can result in a delay of the
campus participation in the Title IV Programs unless
we submit a timely and materially complete application for
recertification or certification to ED and ED grants a temporary
certification. If we were unable to timely re-establish or
establish the state authorization, accreditation or ED
certification of the acquired
25
school, our ability to operate the acquired school
and/or
additional location as planned or to realize the anticipated
benefits from the acquisition of that school
and/or
additional location could be impaired.
If
regulators do not approve or delay their approval of
transactions involving a change of control of our company or any
of our schools, our ability to participate in Title IV
Programs may be impaired.
If we or any of our schools experience a change of control under
the standards of applicable state education agencies, our
accrediting commission or ED, we or the affected schools must
seek the approval of the relevant regulatory agencies. These
agencies do not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a
change of ownership or control. Transactions or events that
constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions
or dispositions of our common stock or significant changes in
the composition of our board of directors. Some of these
transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our failure to
obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of
control from ED, our accrediting commission or any state in
which our schools are located could impair our ability to
participate in Title IV Programs. Our failure to obtain, or
a delay in obtaining, approval of any change of control from any
state in which we do not have a school but in which we recruit
students could require us to suspend our recruitment of students
in that state until we receive the required approval. The
potential adverse effects of a change of control with respect to
participation in Title IV Programs could influence future
decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock.
The
impact of new ED regulations could adversely impact our
continued participation in the Title IV
Programs.
ED published regulations relating to, among other things, the
relationships between schools and lenders of both private and
Title IV Program loans, and the approval and oversight of
accrediting agencies in November 2009, which will become
effective July 1, 2010. ED is also expected in the near
future to propose additional new regulations relating to a broad
array of issues, including discretionary grants and general
program requirements applicable to the Title IV Programs.
In addition, in May 2009, ED announced its intent to establish
new negotiated rulemaking committees that are expected to begin
their discussions in the fall of 2009 and to address a number of
significant issues, including: compensation paid by institutions
to persons or entities engaged in student recruiting or
admission activities; the monitoring of satisfactory academic
progress; state authorization as a component of institutional
eligibility; the definition of a credit hour for purposes of
determining program eligibility status, particularly in the
context of awarding Pell Grants; verification of information on
student financial aid applications; and the definition of a high
school diploma as a condition of a students eligibility
for Title IV Program aid.
The issues addressed in the regulations that have been or are
expected soon to be proposed by ED, as well as the issues to be
addressed in the new negotiated rulemaking process concern a
number of significant aspects of the Title IV Programs,
including eligibility and certification, administrative
capability, school-lender relationships, the 90/10 Rule,
incentive compensation, and student loan default rates. At this
time, we cannot be certain whether and to what extent they may
affect our ability to remain eligible to participate in the
Title IV Programs or require us to incur additional costs
in connection with our administration of the Title IV
Programs. Any future changes that jeopardize our eligibility to
participate in some or all of the Title IV Programs could
materially adversely affect our student population, cash flows,
results of operations and financial condition.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If the
FFEL program is discontinued and our processes or information
technology systems are not modified in a timely manner to
accommodate the Federal Direct Loan Program, we could experience
a delay in obtaining funding for our students.
Congress is considering legislation that would discontinue the
FFEL program under which banks and other lending institutions
make loans to students or their parents. The legislation would
make such loans available only through the FDL program. If we
are not able to modify our process or systems to accommodate the
FDL program, or if ED experiences difficulties with the
necessary systems and processes to handle increased
participation in the FDL program, we could experience a delay in
obtaining funding for our students which could have a material
impact on our cash flows and financial condition.
26
If we
fail to effectively fill our existing capacity, we may
experience a deterioration of our profitability and operating
margins.
We have underutilized seating capacity at several of our
campuses. Our ongoing efforts to fill existing seating capacity
may strain our management, operations, employees or other
resources. We may not be able to maintain our current seating
capacity utilization rates, effectively manage our operation or
achieve planned capacity utilization on a timely or profitable
basis. If we are unable to fill our underutilized seating
capacity, we may experience operating inefficiencies that likely
will increase our costs more than we had planned resulting in a
deterioration of our profitability and operating margins.
Our
proprietary loan program could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations.
Our proprietary loan program enables students who have exhausted
all available government-sponsored or other financial aid and
are unable to obtain private loans from other financial
institutions to borrow a portion of their tuition if they meet
certain criteria.
Under the terms of the proprietary loan program agreements with
a national chartered bank, the bank originates loans for our
students who meet our specific credit criteria with the related
proceeds to be used exclusively to fund a portion of their
tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the bank on a
monthly basis and assume all the related credit and collection
risk. At September 30, 2009, we had committed to provide
loans to our students for approximately $17.1 million and
of that amount, there was $14.0 million in loans
outstanding. Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, we
placed $2.0 million, an amount that exceeds the FDIC
insurance limits, on deposit with the national chartered bank.
Factors that may impact our ability to collect these loans
include general economic conditions; compliance with laws
applicable to the origination; servicing and collection of
loans; the quality of our loan servicers performance; a
decline in graduate employment opportunities; and the priority
that the borrowers under this loan program, particularly
students who did not complete or were dissatisfied with their
programs of study, attach to repaying these loans as compared to
other obligations.
Federal, state and local laws and public policy and general
principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers
apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the loans
under our proprietary loan program. Any violation of the various
federal, state and local laws, including, in some instances,
violations of these laws by parties not under our control, may
result in losses on the loans or may limit our ability to
collect all or part of the principal or interest on the loans.
This may be the case even if we are not directly responsible for
the violations by such parties. Federal or state financial
regulators also might delay or suspend this student loan program
for a variety of reasons. Additionally, depending on the terms
of the loans, state consumer credit regulators may assert that
our activities in connection with the student loan program
require us to obtain one or more licenses, registrations or
other forms of regulatory approvals, any of which may not be
able to be obtained in a timely manner, if at all.
We
rely on two third parties to originate, process and service
loans under our proprietary loan program. If these companies
fail or discontinue providing such services, our business could
be harmed.
A small federally chartered national bank with a small market
capitalization originates loans under our proprietary loan
program. If the bank no longer provides service under the
contract, we do not have an alternative bank to fulfill the
demand. There are a limited number of national banks that are
willing to participate in a program such as our proprietary loan
program. The time it could take us to replace the bank could
result in an interruption in the loan origination process which
could result in a decrease in our student populations. Further,
because our $2.0 million deposit at such bank is in excess
of the FDIC insurance limits, if such bank were to go out of
business or fail, we may lose all or almost all of our deposit.
Also, a single company processes loan applications and services
the loans under our proprietary loan program. There is a
90-day
termination clause in the contract under which they provide
these services. If this company were to terminate the contract,
we could experience an interruption in loan application
processing or loan servicing, which could result in a decrease
in our student populations.
27
An
increase in interest rates and a tightening of credit markets
could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain
students.
In recent years, increases in interest rates and a tightening of
credit markets have resulted in a less favorable borrowing
environment for our students. Much of the financing our students
receive is tied to floating interest rates. Therefore, increased
interest rates have resulted in a corresponding increase in the
cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their
studies which has resulted in and could result in reductions in
our student population and net revenues. Higher interest rates
could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to
our students repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for
Title IV Program participation, which could result in a
reduction in our student population. In addition, a tightening
of credit markets could adversely impact the ability of
borrowers with little or poor credit history, such as many of
our students, to borrow the necessary funds at an acceptable
interest rate.
Increasing
fuel prices and living expenses could affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
Our ability to attract and retain students is sensitive to
changes in economic conditions and other factors such as higher
fuel prices and living expenses. Affordability concerns
associated with increased gas, housing prices and the
availability of part-time jobs for students attending classes
have made it more challenging and expensive for us to attract
and retain students. If we are unable to attract and retain
students due to economic factors, our student population may
decrease, which could have a material impact on our cash flows,
results of operations and financial condition.
Failure
on our part to maintain and expand existing industry
relationships and develop new industry relationships with our
industry customers could impair our ability to attract and
retain students.
We have an extensive set of industry relationships that we
believe affords us a significant competitive strength and
supports our market leadership. These types of relationships
enable us to support undergraduate enrollment by attracting
students through brand name recognition and the associated
prospect of high-quality employment opportunities. Additionally,
these relationships allow us to diversify funding sources,
expand the scope and increase the number of programs we offer
and reduce our costs and capital expenditures due to the fact
that, pursuant to the terms of the underlying contracts with
OEMs, we provide a variety of specialized training programs and
typically do so using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by
the OEMs. These relationships also provide additional
incremental revenue opportunities from training the employees of
our industry customers. Our success depends in part on our
ability to maintain and expand our existing industry
relationships and to enter into new industry relationships.
Certain of our existing industry relationships, including those
with American Honda Motor Co. Inc., American Suzuki Motor Corp.,
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp. and Yamaha Motor
Corp., USA, are not memorialized in writing and are based on
verbal understandings. As a result, the rights of the parties
under these arrangements are less clearly defined than they
would be were they in writing. Additionally, certain of our
existing industry relationship agreements expire within the next
six months. We are currently negotiating to renew these
agreements and intend to renew them to the extent we can do so
on satisfactory terms. The reduction or elimination of, or
failure to renew any of our existing industry relationships, or
our failure to enter into new industry relationships, could
impair our ability to attract and retain students. As a result,
our market share and net revenues could decrease.
Competition
could decrease our market share and create tuition pricing
concerns.
The postsecondary education market is highly competitive. Some
traditional public and private colleges and universities and
community colleges, as well as other private career-oriented
schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be
similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge
lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government
subsidies and other financial sources not available to
for-profit schools. Some other for-profit education providers
have greater financial and other resources which may, among
other things, allow them to secure industry relationships with
some or all of the OEMs with which we have relationships or
develop other high profile industry relationships or devote more
resources to expanding their programs and their school network,
all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs.
In addition, some other for-profit education providers
28
already have a more extended or dense network of schools and
campuses than we do, thus enabling them to recruit students more
effectively from a wider geographic area.
We may limit tuition increases or increase spending in response
to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue
new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, net
revenues and operating margin may decrease. We cannot be sure
that we will be able to compete successfully against current or
future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us
will not adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
Our
success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the
content of existing programs and develop new programs in a
cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.
Prospective employers of our graduates demand that their
entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills.
These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with
technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, collision
repair, motorcycle and marine industries. Accordingly,
educational programs, at our schools must keep pace with those
technological advancements. Additionally, the method used to
deliver curriculum has been evolving to include on-line
delivery. The expansion of our existing programs and the
development of new programs, and changes in the method in which
we deliver them, may not be accepted by our students,
prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if
we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be
able to introduce these new programs as quickly as the
industries we serve require or as quickly as our competitors. If
we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market
requirements due to unusually rapid technological changes or
other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could
be impaired and our placement rates could suffer.
We have a contract with a third party to transform our
automotive and diesel programs curriculum into a blended
learning experience that reflects current industry training
methods and standards. The blended learning model combines
several methodologies for communicating training information and
incorporates
on-site
classes, real-time online learning sessions and independent
learning and is the standard used by our industry partners to
provide continuous technical education. The contract may be
terminated by either party with a
30-day
notice. If we are not able to effectively and efficiently
integrate the transformed curriculum or experience delays in
development, this could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our
business may be adversely affected by recession in the U.S. or
abroad.
The U.S. economy and the economies of other key
industrialized countries are in a recession as characterized by
reduced economic activity, increased unemployment and
substantial uncertainty about their financial services markets.
In addition, homeowners in the U.S. have experienced an
unprecedented reduction in wealth due to the decline in
residential real estate values across much of the country. These
events may reduce the demand for our programs among students,
the willingness of employers to sponsor educational
opportunities for their employees, and the ability of our
students to find employment in the auto, diesel, motorcycle or
marine industries, any of which could materially and adversely
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows. In particular, the consolidation of automotive
dealerships may result in a shift of employment opportunities
for our graduates into automobile aftermarket service from
automotive dealerships where, historically, the placement of our
graduates has been concentrated. This shift could make it more
difficult to place graduates in desirable dealership technician
jobs. In addition, these events could adversely affect the
ability or willingness of our former students to repay student
loans, which could increase our student loan cohort default rate
and require increased time, attention and resources to manage
these defaults. See Risks Related to Our Industry
Our schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs if their student loan default rates are too high, which
could reduce our student population, above.
Sales
of our investments in pre-refunded municipal bonds prior to
maturity could result in an adverse effect to our results of
operations.
In May 2009, we began investing in pre-refunded municipal bonds,
which are primarily secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities,
29
counties, and other governmental entities, which earn interest
that is exempt from federal income taxes. If we sell these
investments prior to maturity, we may not be able to recoup the
amount we originally invested. This could have an adverse
material effect on our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
We
rely heavily on the reliability, security and performance of an
internally developed student management and reporting system,
and any difficulties in maintaining this system may result in
service interruptions, decreased customer service, or increased
expenditures.
The software that underlies our student management and reporting
has been developed primarily by our own employees. The
reliability and continuous availability of this internal system
is critical to our business. Any interruptions that hinder our
ability to timely deliver our services, or that materially
impact the efficiency or cost with which we provide these
services, or our ability to attract and retain computer
programmers with knowledge of the appropriate computer
programming language, would adversely affect our reputation and
profitability and our ability to conduct business and prepare
financial reports. In addition, many of the software systems we
currently use will need to be enhanced over time or replaced
with equivalent commercial products, either of which could
entail considerable effort and expense.
Our computer systems as well as those of our service providers
are vulnerable to interruption, malfunction or damage due to
events beyond our control, including malicious human acts,
natural disasters, and network and communications failures.
Moreover, despite network security measures, some of our servers
are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins,
computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the
precautions we have taken, unanticipated problems may
nevertheless cause failures in our information technology
systems. Sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt
our ability to process information in a timely manner could have
a material adverse effect on our operations.
We may
not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the
personnel we need to sustain and grow our
business.
Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend,
largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive
officers who generally have significant experience with our
company and within the technical education industry. Our success
also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and
retain highly qualified faculty, campus presidents,
administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of
our business we face significant competition in the attraction
and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we
seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently
compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry
key man life insurance. The loss of the services of
any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain
other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms,
could impair our ability to successfully manage our business.
If we
are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our
education representatives, the effectiveness of our student
recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.
In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire and train
new education representatives, as well as retain and continue to
develop our existing education representatives, who are our
employees dedicated to student recruitment. Our ability to
develop a strong education representative team may be affected
by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and
motivate our education representatives; our ability to
effectively train our education representatives; the length of
time it takes new education representatives to become
productive; regulatory restrictions on the method of
compensating education representatives; the competition we face
from other companies in hiring and retaining education
representatives; and our ability to effectively manage a
multi-location educational organization. If we are unable to
hire, develop or retain our education representatives, the
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be
adversely affected.
30
Our
financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue
to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high
school graduates and adults seeking advanced
training.
The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and
working adults seeking advanced training is critical to the
continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability
to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce
our enrollments and impair our ability to increase net revenues
or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors
that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:
|
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;
|
|
|
|
diminished access to high school student populations;
|
|
|
|
our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors
related to our marketing or advertising practices;
|
|
|
|
our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine manufacturers and
suppliers; and
|
|
|
|
availability of funding sources acceptable to our students.
|
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons. Our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Our net revenues normally fluctuate as a result of
seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes
in total student population. Student population varies as a
result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student
populations in our third fiscal quarter than in the remainder of
our fiscal year because fewer students are enrolled during the
summer months. Our expenses, however, do not generally vary at
the same rate as changes in our student population and net
revenues and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate
significantly on a quarterly basis. We expect quarterly
fluctuations in results of operations to continue as a result of
seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however,
as a result of acquisitions, new school openings, new program
introductions and increased enrollments of adult students. In
addition, our net revenues for our first fiscal quarter are
adversely affected by the fact that we do not recognize revenue
during the calendar year-end holiday break which falls primarily
in that quarter. These fluctuations may result in volatility or
have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
If we
fail to maintain effective internal control over financial
reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential
stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting
which would harm our business and the trading price of our
stock.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
by or under the supervision of our principal executive and
principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Our internal control structure is also
designed to provide reasonable assurance that fraud would be
detected or prevented before our financial statements could be
materially affected.
Because of inherent limitations, our internal controls over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements.
In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to
future periods are subject to the risks that our controls may
become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or the
degree of compliance with our policies and procedures may
deteriorate.
If our internal control over financial reporting was not
effective, our historical financial statements could require
restatement which could negatively impact our reputation and
lead to a decline in our stock price.
31
Failure
on our part to effectively identify, establish and operate
additional schools or campuses could reduce our ability to
implement our growth strategy.
As part of our business strategy we anticipate opening and
operating new schools or campuses. Establishing new schools or
campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make
investments in management and capital expenditures, incur
marketing expenses and devote other resources that are
different, and in some cases greater, than those required with
respect to the operation of acquired schools. Accordingly, when
we open new schools, initial investments could reduce our
profitability. To open a new school or campus, we would be
required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission
approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that
could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be
eligible for Title IV Program funding, a new school or
campus would have to be certified by ED. We cannot be sure that
we will be able to identify suitable expansion opportunities to
maintain or accelerate our current growth rate or that we will
be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new
schools or campuses. Our failure to effectively identify,
establish and manage the operations of newly established schools
or campuses could slow our growth and make any newly established
schools or campuses more costly to operate than we had planned.
We may
be unable to successfully complete or integrate future
acquisitions.
We may consider selective acquisitions in the future. We may not
be able to complete any acquisitions on favorable terms or, even
if we do, we may not be able to successfully integrate the
acquired businesses into our business. Integration challenges
include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital
expenditures, assumption of known and unknown liabilities, our
ability to control costs, and our ability to integrate new
personnel. The successful integration of future acquisitions may
also require substantial attention from our senior management
and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could
decrease the time that they devote to the
day-to-day
management of our business. If we do not successfully address
risks and challenges associated with acquisitions, including
integration, future acquisitions could harm, rather than
enhance, our operating performance. In addition, if we
consummate an acquisition, our capitalization and results of
operations may change significantly. A future acquisition could
result in the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, an
increase in interest expense, amortization expenses, goodwill
and other intangible assets, charges relating to integration
costs or an increase in the number of shares outstanding. These
results could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows or result in
dilution to current stockholders.
We
have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, which may become
impaired and subject to a
write-down.
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired
business over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually
for impairment, which might result from the deterioration in the
operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market
conditions, adverse changes in the applicable laws or
regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting
impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the
period in which impairment is identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. While actual experience will differ from the amounts
included in our cash flow model, we do not believe that a
related impairment of our goodwill is reasonably possible in the
foreseeable future.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
32
Campuses
and Other Properties
The following sets forth certain information relating to our
campuses and other properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Brand
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Campuses:
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
258,200
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
MMI
|
|
|
123,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
187,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
239,100
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
|
230,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
158,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
245,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
North Carolina (Mooresville)
|
|
UTI/NTI
|
|
|
146,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
191,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
95,000
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
219,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
Home Office:
|
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
Headquarters
|
|
|
65,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program
|
|
Location
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Advanced Training Centers:
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volvo SAFE
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
8,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
In September 2009, we purchased a building with approximately
95,000 square feet in the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas area
for $9.1 million. Based on the fair value of the assets
acquired, we allocated the purchase price as follows:
approximately $7.7 million to the building and
approximately $1.5 million to land.
All leased properties listed above are leased with remaining
terms that range from less than one year to approximately
15 years. Many of the leases are renewable for additional
terms at our option.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Based on internal review, we accrue
reserves using our best estimate of the probable and reasonably
estimable contingent liabilities. Although we cannot predict
with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
None.
33
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
The executive officers of UTI are set forth in this table. All
executive officers serve at the direction of the Board of
Directors. Mr. White and Ms. McWaters also serve as
directors of UTI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
John C. White
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
Kimberly J. McWaters
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Robert K. Adler
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Admissions
|
Richard P. Crain
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Marketing
|
Chad A. Freed
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Business Development
|
David B. Pinkus
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Information Technology
|
Thomas E. Riggs
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Campus Operations
|
John C. White has served as UTIs Chairman of the
Board since October 1, 2005. Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Vice Chairman
from October 1, 2003 to September 30, 2005. From April
2002 to September 30, 2003, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Co-Chairman of
the Board. From 1998 to March 2002, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Chairman of the
Board. Mr. White served as the President of Clinton Harley
Corporation, which operated under the name Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute from 1977 until it was
acquired by UTI in 1998. Prior to 1977, Mr. White was a
marketing representative with International Business Machines
Corporation. Mr. White was appointed by the Arizona Senate
to serve as a member of the Joint Legislative Committee on
Private Regionally Accredited Degree Granting Colleges and
Universities and Private Nationally Accredited Degree Granting
and Vocational Institutions in 1990. He was appointed by the
Governor of Arizona to the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, where he was a member and Complaint
Committee Chairman from
1993-2001.
Mr. White received a BS in Engineering from the University
of Illinois.
Kimberly J. McWaters has served as UTIs Chief
Executive Officer since October 1, 2003 and as a director
on UTIs Board since February 16, 2005.
Ms. McWaters has served as UTIs President since 2000
and served on UTIs Board from 2002 to 2003. From 1984 to
2000, Ms. McWaters held several positions with UTI
including Vice President of Marketing and Vice President of
Sales and Marketing. Ms. McWaters also serves as a director
of Penske Auto Group, Inc. Ms. McWaters received a BS in
Business Administration from the University of Phoenix.
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. has served as UTIs
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since July
2008. Mr. Putnam served as UTIs Interim CFO since
January 2008. From June 2005 to May 2007, Mr. Putnam served
as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aegis
Mortgage Corporation which declared bankruptcy in August 2007.
From July 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Putnam was President of
Coastal Securities, L.P. and from March 2001 to March 2003,
Mr. Putnam served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Putnam
also spent 14 years as Director of Investor Relations and
in various corporate finance positions with SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Mr. Putnam also serves as a director of Community Bankers
Trust Corporation. Mr. Putnam received a BS in
Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles and an
MBA from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Robert K. Adler has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President, Admissions since April 2009. From May 2006 to June
2007, Mr. Adler served as the Campus President of the UTI
Massachusetts campus, from July to August 2007 he served as the
Campus President of the UTI Arizona campus, from September 2007
to August 2008 he served as the Vice President of Campus
Admissions and from September 2008 to March 2009 he served as
the Senior Vice President of Campus Admissions. From 2002 to
2004, Mr. Adler served as the Director of
Admissions/Operations and from 2004 to April 2006,
Mr. Adler served as the Vice President of Massachusetts
campuses for the University of Phoenix. Mr. Adler received
a BS in Business Administration and an MBA from the University
of Phoenix.
34
Richard P. Crain has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President, Marketing since January 2007. From 2003 to 2006,
Mr. Crain served as a marketing consultant for his own
consulting firm. From 1988 to 2003, Mr. Crain served in
senior marketing leadership positions at Verizon Communications
and GTE Service Corporation. Mr. Crain received a BS in
Business Administration with a concentration in marketing from
the University of Texas.
Chad A. Freed has served as our inside legal counsel
since March 2004 and is also our Corporate Secretary. He was
promoted to the position of Senior Vice President, General
Counsel in February 2005. In March 2009, Mr. Freed assumed
business development responsibilities as the General Counsel,
Senior Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining
UTI, Mr. Freed was a Senior Associate in the Corporate
Finance and Securities department at Bryan Cave LLP.
Mr. Freed received his Juris Doctor from Tulane University,
and holds a BS degree with a combined major in International
Business and French from Pennsylvania State University.
David B. Pinkus has served as our Senior Vice President,
Information Technology since January 2009. From 2006 to 2008,
Mr. Pinkus held several management positions in billing and
recruiting technologies at Google Inc. From 2002 to 2006,
Mr. Pinkus was the Senior Director of Software for Apollo
Group, Inc. Mr. Pinkus was also the founder and Chief
Technology Officer of Rulebase, Inc. and held several sales and
technology management positions at Oracle. Mr. Pinkus
received a BS in Information and Decisions Systems from Carnegie
Mellon University and an MBA from the University of Phoenix.
Thomas E. Riggs has served as our Senior Vice President,
Campus Operations since July 2009. From July 2005 to June 2006,
he served as our Vice President of People Services and from June
2006 to June 2009, he served as our Senior Vice President of
People Services (Human Resources). Prior to joining UTI,
Mr. Riggs served in a variety of senior human resource
leadership positions with Sears & Roebuck Co.,
Honeywell and BF Goodrich Aerospace. Mr. Riggs was also the
head of human resources for Simula, Inc. a publicly traded
aerospace manufacturing firm. Mr. Riggs received his
Masters of Human Resource Management from Keller Graduate School
and his BA in Employment Relations from Michigan State
University.
35
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
under the symbol UTI.
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales
prices per share for our common stock, as reported by the NYSE,
for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.96
|
|
|
$
|
12.57
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.81
|
|
|
$
|
8.80
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
15.60
|
|
|
$
|
11.27
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
20.54
|
|
|
$
|
13.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
22.37
|
|
|
$
|
16.43
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.20
|
|
|
$
|
6.71
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
14.47
|
|
|
$
|
10.20
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.74
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
The closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE on
November 23, 2009, was $18.81 per share. As of
November 23, 2009 there were 48 holders of record of our
common stock.
We do not currently pay any dividends on our common stock. Our
Board of Directors will determine whether to pay dividends in
the future based on conditions then existing, including our
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, the
availability of third-party financing and the financial
responsibility standards prescribed by ED, as well as any
economic and other conditions that our Board of Directors may
deem relevant.
Sales of
Unregistered Securities; Repurchase of Securities
The following table summarizes the purchase of equity securities
for the three months ended September 30, 2009:
ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Approximate
|
|
|
|
(a) Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Total Number of
|
|
|
Dollar Value of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
(b) Average
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares That May Yet
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price Paid
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Be Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased(1)
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
the Plans Or Programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)(2)
|
|
|
July
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
$
|
15.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
August
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
$
|
19.45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
September
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
$
|
19.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares of common stock delivered to us as payment of
taxes on the vesting of shares of our common stock which were
granted subject to forfeiture restrictions under our 2003
Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
On November 26, 2007 and April 28, 2009, our Board of
Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million
and $20.0 million, respectively, of our common stock in the
open market or through privately negotiated transactions. |
36
Stock
Performance Graph
The following Stock Performance Graph and related information
shall not be deemed soliciting material or
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
nor should such information be incorporated by reference into
any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference in such
filing.
This graph compares total cumulative stockholder return on our
common stock during the period from September 30, 2004
through September 30, 2009 with the cumulative return on
the NYSE Stock Market Index (U.S. Companies) and a Peer
Issuer Group Index. The peer issuer group consists of the
companies identified below, which were selected on the basis of
the similar nature of their business. The graph assumes that
$100 was invested on September 30, 2004, and any dividends
were reinvested on the date on which they were paid.
|
|
|
Companies in the Self-Determined Peer Group
|
|
|
Apollo Group, Inc.
|
|
Career Education Corporation
|
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
|
|
DeVry, Inc. Del
|
I T T Educational Services, Inc.
|
|
Strayer Education, Inc.
|
Lincoln Educational Services Corporation
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
A. |
|
The lines represent quarterly index levels derived from
compounded daily returns that include all dividends. |
|
|
|
B. |
|
The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market
capitalization on the previous trading day. |
|
|
|
C. |
|
If the quarterly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not
a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. |
|
D. |
|
The index level for all series was set to $100.0 on 09/30/2004. |
|
|
|
|
|
Prepared by Zacks Investment Research Inc. Used with permission.
All rights reserved. |
37
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated
financial and operating data as of and for the periods
indicated. You should read the selected financial data set forth
below together with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated statement of operations data and the
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of and for each of
the five years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006
and 2005 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
193,490
|
|
|
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
186,245
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
145,026
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
154,504
|
|
|
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
109,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
347,994
|
|
|
|
332,763
|
|
|
|
329,620
|
|
|
|
306,326
|
|
|
|
255,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
18,641
|
|
|
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
55,778
|
|
Interest income, net(2)
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
3,146
|
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
|
|
1,461
|
|
Other income, net(3)
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before taxes
|
|
|
19,305
|
|
|
|
14,021
|
|
|
|
26,370
|
|
|
|
43,710
|
|
|
|
57,239
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
7,572
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
21,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
Weighted average shares (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
24,246
|
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
|
|
27,899
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
24,627
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
28,536
|
|
Other Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
17,568
|
|
|
$
|
17,605
|
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
$
|
14,205
|
|
|
$
|
9,777
|
|
Number of campuses
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Average undergraduate enrollments
|
|
|
15,854
|
|
|
|
14,941
|
|
|
|
15,856
|
|
|
|
16,291
|
|
|
|
15,390
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
56,199
|
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
$
|
75,594
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
|
$
|
52,045
|
|
Current assets(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
114,165
|
|
|
$
|
117,619
|
|
|
$
|
103,134
|
|
|
$
|
70,269
|
|
|
$
|
103,698
|
|
Working capital (deficit)(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
12,619
|
|
|
$
|
31,015
|
|
|
$
|
7,252
|
|
|
$
|
(26,009
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,817
|
|
Total assets(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
|
$
|
200,608
|
|
Total shareholders equity(4)
|
|
$
|
106,698
|
|
|
$
|
108,187
|
|
|
$
|
124,505
|
|
|
$
|
102,902
|
|
|
$
|
95,733
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In 2005 and 2006, we opened campuses in Norwood, Massachusetts
and Sacramento, California, respectively, which contributed to
the fluctuation in our results of operations and financial
position. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2009, our interest income decreased as a result of investment
in low risk, low yield municipal bonds and mutual funds, and our
use of $16.9 million of cash to repurchase our common
shares. |
|
(3) |
|
In 2009, our other income (expense) is primarily due to sublease
rental income. |
38
|
|
|
(4) |
|
In 2009, 2008 and 2006, we used cash and cash equivalents to
repurchase approximately $16.9 million, $29.5 million
and $30.0 million, respectively, of our common shares,
which decreased cash and cash equivalents, current assets and
working capital (deficit). |
|
(5) |
|
In 2009, we purchased a building in the Dallas/Ft. Worth,
Texas area for $9.1 million. In July 2007, we sold our
facilities and assigned our rights and obligations under our
ground lease at our Sacramento, California campus for
$40.8 million and received net proceeds of
$40.1 million. In October 2007, we sold our facilities and
land at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus for $33.0 million
and received net proceeds of $32.6 million. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion together with the
Selected Financial Data and the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
Report on
Form 10-K.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are
based on managements current expectations, estimates and
projections about our business and operations. Our actual
results may differ materially from those currently anticipated
and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of
a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
General
Overview
We are the leading provider of postsecondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured
by total average undergraduate enrollment and graduates. We
offer undergraduate degree, diploma or certificate programs at
10 campuses across the United States. We also offer manufacturer
specific advanced training programs that are sponsored by the
manufacturer or dealer, at dedicated training centers. We have
provided technical education for over 40 years.
Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide and are presented as net
revenues after reductions related to discounts and scholarships
we sponsor, refunds for students who withdraw from our programs
prior to specified dates and the portion of tuition students
have funded through our proprietary loan program. We generally
recognize tuition revenue and fees ratably over the terms of the
various programs we offer. We supplement our tuition revenues
with additional revenues from sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues, all of which are
recognized as sales occur or services are performed. In
aggregate, these additional revenues represented less than 3% of
our total net revenues in each year for the three-year period
ended September 30, 2009. Tuition revenue and fees
generally vary based on the average number of students enrolled
and average tuition charged per program.
Average student enrollments vary depending on, among other
factors, the number of (i) continuing students at the
beginning of a period, (ii) new student enrollments during
the period, (iii) students who have previously withdrawn
but decide to re-enroll during the period, and
(iv) graduations and withdrawals during the period. Our
average student enrollments are influenced by the attractiveness
of our program offerings to high school graduates and potential
adult students, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, the
depth of our industry relationships, the strength of employment
markets and long term career prospects, the quality of our
instructors and student services professionals, the persistence
of our students, the length of our education programs, the
availability of federal and alternative funding for our
programs, the number of graduates of our programs who elect to
attend the advanced training programs we offer and general
economic conditions. Our introduction of additional program
offerings at existing schools and opening additional schools is
expected to influence our average student enrollment. We
currently offer start dates at our campuses that range from
every three to six weeks throughout the year in our various
undergraduate programs. The number of start dates of advanced
programs varies by the duration of those programs and the needs
of the manufacturers who sponsor them.
Our tuition charges vary by type and length of our programs and
the program level, such as undergraduate or advanced training.
Tuition rates have increased by approximately 3% to 5% per annum
in each year in the three-year period ended September 30,
2009. Tuition increases are generally consistent across our
schools and programs; however, changes in operating costs may
impact price increases at individual schools. We believe that in
future years we can continue to increase tuition as student
demand for our programs remains strong, tuition at other
39
postsecondary institutions continues to rise and student funding
options continue to be available, although future increases may
be less than past increases.
Most students at our campuses rely on funds received under
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominantly Title IV Programs, to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses.
In 2009, approximately 73% of our net revenues, as defined by
the Department of Education, were derived from federal student
financial aid programs.
We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of
time, to the majority of our students that are in attendance at
our campuses. Our credit risk is mitigated through the
students participation in federally funded financial aid
programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of
Title IV funds for those students. In addition, we bear all
credit and collection risk for the portion of our student
tuition that is funded under our proprietary loan program.
We categorize our operating expenses as (i) educational
services and facilities and (ii) selling, general and
administrative.
Major components of educational services and facilities expenses
include faculty and other campus administration employees
compensation and benefits, facility rent, maintenance,
utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and
equipment used in the provision of educational services, tools,
training aids, royalties under our licensing arrangements and
other costs directly associated with teaching our programs and
providing educational services to our students.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include
compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly
associated with the provision of educational services, such as
executive management; finance and central accounting; legal;
human resources; marketing and student enrollment expenses,
including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in
sales and marketing and student admissions; costs of
professional services; bad debt expense; costs associated with
the implementation and operation of our student management and
reporting system; rent for our home office; depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the
provision of educational services and other costs that are
incidental to our operations. All marketing and student
enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred. Costs
related to the opening of new facilities, excluding related
capital expenditures, are expensed in the period incurred or
when services are provided.
2009
Overview
Operations
Our net revenues for the year ended September 30, 2009 were
$366.6 million, an increase of 6.7% from the prior year,
and our net income for the year was $11.7 million, an
increase of 42.8% from the prior year. The increase in net
revenues was primarily related to an increase in average
undergraduate student enrollment, higher tuition prices and a
decrease in tuition scholarships. These increases were partially
offset by the tuition revenue and loan origination fees financed
under our proprietary loan program which, because collectability
is not reasonably assured, we will recognize as tuition revenue
when such amounts have been collected. Additionally, the
increase in our net revenue was partially offset by a decrease
in revenue from our industry training programs and one less
earning day in the year ended September 30, 2009. Net
income was impacted by increased net revenues and lower
advertising and contract services expenses. The lower costs were
partially offset by higher compensation and related benefits,
bad debt expense and a decrease in interest income.
In September 2009, Audi of America, Inc. and Volkswagen of
America, Inc. discontinued their manufacturer specific advanced
training programs with UTI with the intention to bring their
entry level technician training in-house. The final classes
under the agreements were completed on October 16, 2009.
These programs accounted for less than 1% of our total annual
revenue in 2009.
Average undergraduate full-time student enrollment increased
6.1% to 15,854 for the year ended September 30, 2009, as
compared to 14,941 for the year ended September 30, 2008.
Student starts increased by 16.6% for the year ended
September 30, 2009, as compared to a decline of 2.1% for
the year ended September 30, 2008. The increase in starts
is a result of growth in contracts written for future students
during the period of January
40
2008 through June 2009, growth which continued during the three
months ended September 30, 2009. The growth in contracts is
the result of the investments we made in our national
advertising campaign and our adult-focused representatives
throughout 2008. Furthermore, during 2008 and 2009, in response
to the growth in contracts, we invested in the recruitment,
training and development of additional financial aid and future
student advisors to ensure we provide a high level of service to
our future students, which has contributed to our growth in
starts and average undergraduate full-time student enrollment
during the year ended September 30, 2009.
Student
Lending Environment
There is regulation under consideration which would discontinue
the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) program under which
banks and other lending institutions make loans to students or
their parents. The legislation would make such loans available
through the Federal Direct Loan Program. All of our institutions
have been approved to process loans under the Direct Loan
Program. We are modifying our processes and systems and believe
we will be prepared to make the transition to the Direct Loan
Program when necessary.
In April 2009, Sallie Mae discontinued one of its loan products
which had repayment terms of 15 years and did not require
in-school payments. We received $8.5 million from the
product during the year ended September 30, 2009, as
compared to $22.0 million during the year ended
September 30, 2008. That product has been replaced by a new
Sallie Mae loan program which has repayment terms of
6-7 years and requires interest-only payments while
borrowers are in school. We received $1.1 million from the
new Sallie Mae loan program during the year ended
September 30, 2009.
In order to provide funding for students who are not able to
fully finance the cost of their education under traditional
governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or
other alternative sources, we established a proprietary loan
program with a national chartered bank in June 2008. For a
detailed discussion, see Proprietary Loan Program in
Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report.
Our Board of Directors authorized the extension of up to an
aggregate of $30.0 million of credit under our proprietary
loan program. At September 30, 2009, we had committed to
provide loans to our students for approximately
$17.1 million and of that amount there was approximately
$14.0 million in loans outstanding. At September 30,
2008 there was approximately $1.7 million in loans
outstanding under this program. Since the inception of the
program, approximately $8.4 million of revenue has not been
recognized because collectability is not reasonably assured. We
will recognize the revenue when such amounts are collected.
Significant
Transactions
On April 28, 2009 and November 26, 2007, our Board of
Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million
and $50.0 million, respectively, of our common stock in the
open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The
timing and actual number of shares purchased will depend on a
variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory
requirements, and prevailing market conditions. We may terminate
or limit the stock repurchase program at any time without prior
notice. Through September 30, 2009, we purchased
3,439,281 shares at an average price per share of $13.50
and a total cost of approximately $46.4 million under this
program.
We are planning to open a new campus in Dallas/Ft. Worth,
Texas during the summer of 2010, providing our automotive
training program at the time of opening and adding our
automotive/diesel training program during the following three
months to six months. On September 23, 2009, we purchased a
building with approximately 95,000 square feet in the
Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas area for $9.1 million. Based
on the fair value of the assets acquired, we allocated the
purchase price as follows: approximately $7.7 million to
the building and approximately $1.5 million to land. The
campus will accommodate approximately 750 students. We believe a
campus in the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas area is advantageous
because it is a large market with favorable demographics and
high population growth, there is a high potential for acquiring
students in the Dallas/Ft. Worth market that are currently
not attending a UTI campus and the surrounding area offers
excellent employment potential for our graduates.
41
We anticipate we will spend approximately $10.0 million on
building improvements and equipment over the next 12 months
and incur approximately $6.6 million in operating expenses
in 2010 relating to opening our new campus. We have begun the
state licensing process. The Texas Workforce Commission has
issued a Certificate of Approval for the campus and has approved
our Automotive Technology and Automotive/Diesel Technology
programs. Once the licensing process is complete, we will begin
to incur sales and marketing costs, which have historically
preceded the opening of a new campus by approximately nine
months. We anticipate this new campus will become profitable
within 9 months to 15 months after opening.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations
data as a percentage of net revenues for each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
52.7
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
94.9
|
%
|
|
|
96.9
|
%
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Other income
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacity utilization is the ratio of our average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment to total seats available. The
following table sets forth our average capacity utilization
during each of the periods indicated and the total seats
available at the end of each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Average undergraduate full-time student enrollment
|
|
|
15,854
|
|
|
|
14,941
|
|
|
|
15,856
|
|
Total seats available
|
|
|
24,810
|
|
|
|
24,970
|
|
|
|
25,480
|
|
Average capacity utilization
|
|
|
63.9
|
%
|
|
|
59.8
|
%
|
|
|
62.2
|
%
|
During the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
we started 17,631 students, 15,119 students, and 15,440
students, respectively.
During 2010, we plan to continue to seek alternate uses for our
underutilized space at existing campuses. Alternate uses may
include subleasing space to third parties, allocating additional
space for use by our manufacturer specific advanced training
programs, adding new industry relationships or consolidating
administrative functions into campus facilities.
Year
Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2008
Net revenues. Our net revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2009 were $366.6 million,
representing an increase of $23.2 million, or 6.7%, as
compared to net revenues of $343.5 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008. The increase was due to a 6.1%
increase in the average undergraduate full-time student
enrollment, tuition increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on
the program, and a decrease of approximately $1.5 million
in tuition
42
scholarships. The increase in net revenues was partially offset
by a $7.5 million increase in tuition revenue and loan
origination fees financed under our proprietary loan program
which, because collectability is not reasonably assured, will be
recognized when such amounts have been collected. In addition,
industry training revenue decreased by $2.0 million due to
adjustments to the training calendars for certain manufacturer
specific training programs. The manufacturers we work with
periodically review their technician hiring and training needs
which results in adjustments to the training schedules and
staffing requirements. Certain manufacturers performed such an
assessment this year which resulted in a reduction in the number
of courses offered. We also experienced one less earning day in
2009, which resulted in a decrease to revenue of
$1.4 million.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2009
were $193.5 million, representing an increase of
$6.9 million, or 3.7%, as compared to $186.6 million
for the year ended September 30, 2008.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
educational services and facilities expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
102,061
|
|
|
$
|
96,506
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Occupancy costs
|
|
|
36,175
|
|
|
|
36,068
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
Other educational services and facilities expenses
|
|
|
25,010
|
|
|
|
24,607
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
14,838
|
|
|
|
14,936
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Tools and training aids expense
|
|
|
9,183
|
|
|
|
9,112
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
6,223
|
|
|
|
5,411
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
193,490
|
|
|
$
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total compensation and related costs increased by approximately
$5.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2009
primarily due to increases in salaries, bonuses and benefits.
Salaries increased $4.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009 primarily due to the growth in contracts
and our related investment in the recruitment, training, and
development of additional financial aid and future student
advisors to ensure we provide a high level of service to our
future students. The increase in salaries also included
$0.6 million in severance for instructors and support staff
impacted by the reduction in courses offered for certain
manufacturer training programs during the year and the
cancellation of the Audi of America, Inc. and Volkswagen of
America, Inc. training agreements in September 2009. Bonus
expense increased by $0.7 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009 due to improved operating results for
the year. Benefits expense increased $0.7 million for the
year ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to increased
expenses under our self-insured employee benefit plans, although
benefits as a percentage of total compensation decreased for the
current year.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2009 were $154.5 million, an increase of $8.4 million,
or 5.7%, as compared to $146.1 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008.
43
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
90,228
|
|
|
$
|
78,751
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
27,265
|
|
|
|
28,413
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Advertising costs
|
|
|
23,708
|
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
6,732
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
6,571
|
|
|
|
8,180
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,504
|
|
|
$
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs increased due to increases in
salaries, bonuses and benefits expense, partially offset by
costs capitalized in connection with the transformation of our
automotive and diesel curriculum and a decrease in stock
compensation expense. Salaries expense increased
$8.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2009
primarily due to an increase in the number of information
technology employees hired to fill open positions and an
increase in the number of sales force representatives who were
hired in response to the increase in the number and quality of
leads we have been experiencing. The increase in salaries was
also due to $1.6 million in severance related to the
departure of executives during the year ended September 30,
2009 compared to $1.0 million in severance related to the
departure of executives during the year ended September 30,
2008. Bonuses increased $2.3 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009, due to improved operating results.
Benefits expense increased $1.8 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009 primarily due to increased expenses
under our self-insured employee benefit plans. The increases
were partially offset by an increase of $0.8 million in
salaries and related costs we capitalized related to employees
involved in the transformation of our automotive and diesel
curriculum. The increases were also offset by a decrease of
$0.6 million in stock-based compensation expense due to the
departure of executives who forfeited stock-based awards.
Advertising expense decreased $2.7 million for the year
ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to successful lead
generation campaigns that require fewer sponsorships of national
television programs and less local market promotion of specific
campuses than in prior periods.
Bad debt expense increased $2.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009, due to changes in the student funding
environment, internal execution challenges, and the declining
general economic conditions experienced over the past eighteen
months.
Contract services expense decreased $1.6 million for the
year ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to a decrease
of $1.2 million for contract employees as open positions
were filled in our information technology and finance
departments.
Interest income. Our interest income
for the year ended September 30, 2009 was
$0.2 million, representing a decrease of $3.0 million,
or 92%, compared to interest income of $3.2 million for the
year ended September 30, 2008. The decrease in interest
income was attributable to reductions in available interest
rates, our decision to change to a more conservative investment
strategy in the current economic environment, and reduced
amounts available for investment as a result of share
repurchases totaling $16.9 million during 2009.
Other Income. Our other income for the
year ended September 30, 2009 was $0.5 million
primarily due to sublease rental income.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2009 was
$7.6 million, or 39.2% of pre-tax income compared with
$5.8 million or 41.4% of pre-tax income for the year ended
September 30, 2008. The effective income tax rate in each
year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35%
primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related
federal income tax benefits. The decrease in the tax rate as a
percentage of
44
pretax income was primarily attributable to the establishment of
a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets related to
certain state net operating losses in 2008.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2009 of $11.7 million, as compared to
net income of $8.2 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008.
Year
Ended September 30, 2008 Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2007
Net revenues. Our net revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2008 were $343.5 million,
representing a decrease of $9.9 million, or 2.8%, as
compared to net revenues of $353.4 million for the year
ended September 30, 2007. This decrease was due to a 5.8%
decrease in the average undergraduate full-time student
enrollment and an increase of approximately $6.4 million in
need-based tuition scholarships, higher military and veteran
discounts. These decreases in net revenues were partially offset
by tuition increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on the
program, and two additional revenue earning days during the year
ended September 30, 2008. The two additional revenue
earning days resulted in additional revenue of $2.7 million.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2008
were $186.6 million, representing an increase of
$0.4 million, or 0.2%, as compared to $186.2 million
for the year ended September 30, 2007.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
educational services and facilities expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
96,506
|
|
|
$
|
101,884
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
|
|
28.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
Occupancy costs
|
|
|
36,068
|
|
|
|
29,526
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)%
|
Other educational services and facilities expenses
|
|
|
24,607
|
|
|
|
25,747
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
14,936
|
|
|
|
15,846
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Tools and training aids expense
|
|
|
9,112
|
|
|
|
9,486
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
5,411
|
|
|
|
3,756
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
186,640
|
|
|
$
|
186,245
|
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
52.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total compensation and related costs decreased by approximately
$5.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2008.
The decrease was attributable to lower faculty and other campus
administrative staff salaries offset by an increase in bonus
expense. Salaries expense decreased $6.0 million for the
year ended September 30, 2008 as a result of the reduction
in workforce undertaken during September 2007. Bonus expense
increased $0.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008 as a result of certain locations meeting
our bonus criteria for the year.
The sale and leaseback of the Sacramento and Norwood facilities
in July 2007 and October 2007, respectively, resulted in an
increase in occupancy costs of $6.5 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 and a decrease in depreciation
expense of $0.9 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008.
During the year ended September 30, 2008, we began
outsourcing a portion of our student financial aid processes to
a third party in order to enhance the student experience and
streamline our financial aid practices. Outsourcing these
activities allows for a more variable cost structure which
creates flexibility as our student population fluctuates. We
also invested in training our staff to improve skill level and
customer service and provided disability accommodations for
hearing-impaired students. These activities resulted in an
increase in contract services expense of $1.7 million. The
increases were partially offset by outplacement services for
employees impacted by our reduction in force during our 2007
fourth quarter.
45
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2008 were $146.1 million, an increase of $2.7 million,
or 1.9%, as compared to $143.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2007.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
78,751
|
|
|
$
|
80,406
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
28,413
|
|
|
|
26,888
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
Advertising costs
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
|
27,282
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
8,180
|
|
|
|
5,424
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
|
|
3,375
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
146,123
|
|
|
$
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs decreased due to decreases in
salaries and stock compensation expense partially offset by
increases in bonus and benefits expense. Salaries expense
decreased $2.3 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008 primarily due to the sales force
reorganization which occurred in our 2007 third and fourth
quarters, partially offset by an increase in the number of
campus-based sales representatives during 2008. Stock-based
compensation expense decreased $1.1 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 primarily due to the timing of
vesting of our stock options and the departure of executives who
forfeited unvested options and restricted stock awards. Sales
representative bonus expense, which is based on student
retention and graduating students, increased $0.9 million
due to a new bonus plan for our campus-based sales
representatives, partially offset by a decrease in average
undergraduate enrollment. Management bonus expense increased
$0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 as
a result of certain locations meeting our bonus criteria for the
year. Benefits expense increased $0.3 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 due to increased expenses under
our self-insured employee benefit plans.
Advertising expense decreased $0.9 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008. We increased our spending during
our 2007 fourth quarter and planned to decrease spending during
our 2008 first quarter. Historically, during our first quarter,
our advertising and marketing efforts have not yielded the
desired results due to competing media messages during the
holiday and political advertising season. Additionally, during
our 2008 first quarter, we were testing new marketing strategies
and we chose to limit our spending pending the results.
The increase in contract services expense is primarily due to an
increase of approximately $1.0 million related to contract
employees used to fill open positions in our marketing and
finance departments. We have also engaged outside consultants
and contracted with our primary advertising agency to provide
additional marketing and advertising research and creative
materials as we continue to invest in our national advertising
campaign contributing $1.5 million to the increase.
Additionally, we have incurred set up fees of approximately
$0.3 million associated with our proprietary loan program.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease of
approximately $0.2 million related to outplacement services
for employees impacted by our reduction in force during our 2007
fourth quarter.
Bad debt expense increased $1.0 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008 primarily due to outsourcing a portion
of the student financial aid process and adjusting to the
changes in the Title IV environment, both of which resulted
in a delay in receiving student financial aid funding used to
settle the students receivables. Additionally, the
ineffectiveness of the third party collection agency utilized
during most of 2008 also contributed to the increase in bad debt
expense.
Interest income. Our interest income
for the year ended September 30, 2008 was
$3.2 million, representing an increase of
$0.5 million, or 19.6%, compared to interest income of
$2.7 million for the year ended September 30,
46
2007. The increase in interest income was primarily attributable
to the increase in cash available for investment due to the sale
of our Sacramento, California and Norwood, Massachusetts
facilities in July 2007 and October 2007, respectively, offset
by the repurchase of shares of our common stock during the year
ended September 30, 2008.
Other Income. Our other income for the
year ended September 30, 2008 was $0.2 million
primarily due to sublease rental income.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2008 was
$5.8 million, or 41.4% of pre-tax income compared with
$10.8 million or 41.0% for the year ended
September 30, 2007. The effective income tax rate in each
year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35%
primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related
federal income tax benefits. The increase in the tax rate as a
percentage of pretax income was primarily attributable to the
establishment of a valuation allowance for the deferred tax
assets related to certain state net operating losses.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2008 of $8.2 million, as compared to net
income of $15.6 million for the year ended
September 30, 2007.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We finance our operating activities and our internal growth
through cash generated from operations. Our net cash provided by
operating activities was $49.2 million, $21.1 million
and $39.6 million for the years ended September 30,
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
A majority of our net revenues are derived from Title IV
Programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of
disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs. Students
must apply for a new loan for each academic year consisting of
thirty-week periods. Loan funds are generally provided by
lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first
disbursement is usually received after the start of a
students academic year and the second disbursement is
typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from
the start of the students academic year. We established a
proprietary loan program in which we bear all credit and
collection risk and students are not required to begin repayment
until six months after the student completes or withdraws from
his or her program. These factors, together with the timing of
when our students begin their programs, affect our operating
cash flow.
Operating
Activities
In 2009, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$49.2 million resulting from net income of
$11.7 million, adjustments of $27.9 million for
non-cash and other items, and $9.6 million related to the
change in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary
adjustments to our net income for non-cash and other items were
depreciation and amortization expense of $17.6 million,
substantially all of which was depreciation, bad debt expense of
$6.7 million, and stock-based compensation expense of
$4.7 million, partially offset by deferred income taxes of
$2.2 million.
In 2010, depreciation and amortization expense is expected to be
higher due to additional capital expenditures placed in service
during fiscal 2009 and stock-based compensation expense is
expected to be higher due to stock-based compensation grants in
September 2009 and anticipated grants in 2010.
In 2008, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$21.1 million resulting from net income of
$8.2 million, adjustments of $28.3 million for
non-cash and other items, partially offset by $15.4 million
related to the change in our operating assets and liabilities.
The primary adjustments to our net income for non-cash and other
items were depreciation and amortization expense of
$17.6 million, substantially all of which was depreciation,
stock-based compensation expense of $5.3 million and bad
debt expense of $4.4 million.
In 2007, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$39.6 million resulting from net income of
$15.6 million, adjustments of $28.3 million for
non-cash and other items, partially offset by $4.2 million
related to the change in our operating assets and liabilities.
The primary adjustments to our net income for non-cash and other
items were depreciation and amortization expense of
$18.8 million, substantially all of which was depreciation,
stock-based compensation expense of $6.4 million and bad
debt expense of $3.4 million.
47
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities
In 2009, changes in our operating assets and liabilities
resulted in cash inflows of $9.6 million and was primarily
attributable to changes in accounts payable and accrued expenses
and deferred revenue, partially offset by prepaid expenses and
other current assets.
In 2009, accounts payable and accrued expenses increased
$7.0 million primarily due to the timing of our accounts
payable cycle and an increase in accrued payroll and benefits.
The timing of our accounts payable cycle resulted in an increase
in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.4 million.
Accrued payroll and benefits increased $5.5 million
primarily due to an increase in accrued bonuses of
$2.6 million, an increase in severance of $1.1 million
for personnel who left the company and an increase in the
payroll accrual of $1.0 million due to a greater number of
days accrued at September 30, 2009.
In 2009, the increase in deferred revenue resulted in cash
provided of $3.5 million and was primarily attributable to
the timing of student starts, the number of students in school
and where they were at year end in relation to the completion of
their program coupled with an increase in student headcount at
September 30, 2009 compared to September 30, 2008.
In 2009, the increase in prepaid expenses and other current
assets resulted in a use of cash of $2.0 million. The use
of cash is primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in
credits earned from our tool vendor which we plan to use to
outfit our new Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus during 2010.
In 2008, changes in our operating assets and liabilities
resulted in cash outflows of $15.4 million and were
primarily attributable to changes in receivables and deferred
revenue.
In 2008, the change in receivables and deferred revenue resulted
in a combined use of cash of $16.0 million. The increase in
receivables resulted in the use of cash of $11.3 million.
In-school student receivables increased due to the challenges we
experienced in our student financial aid process due to the
changing student funding environment and the resulting delay in
receiving student financial aid funding used to settle students
in-school receivable. The decrease in deferred revenue resulted
in a use of cash of $4.7 million and was primarily
attributable to the timing of student starts, the number of
students in school and where they were at year end in relation
to the completion of their program and an increase in need-based
tuition scholarships.
In 2007, changes in our operating assets and liabilities
resulted in cash outflows of $4.2 million and was primarily
attributable to changes in receivables, deferred revenue and
accounts payable and accrued expenses.
The change in receivables and deferred revenue resulted in a
combined use of cash of $1.7 million. The change was
attributable to an increase in need-based tuition scholarships
and higher military and veteran discounts, a decrease in student
receivables related to the timing of Title IV disbursements
and a lower number of student starts during the year ended
September 30, 2007 when compared to the year ended
September 30, 2006.
In 2007, accounts payable and accrued expenses decreased
$2.2 million primarily due to the timing of our accounts
payable cycle and the nature of our employee benefit plans. The
timing of our accounts payable cycle resulted in a decrease in
accounts payable and accrued expenses of approximately
$1.4 million, primarily attributable to a decrease of
$2.7 million in accrued capital expenditures related to the
completion of the expansion projects at our Sacramento and
Orlando campuses. This decrease was partially offset by an
increase in advertising accruals of $0.9 million. The
nature of our employee benefit and bonus plans and the timing of
payments under those plans resulted in a decrease in accounts
payable and accrued expenses of approximately $0.7 million.
The $0.7 million decrease was primarily due to a decrease
of $4.1 million related to our bonus plans and
$1.1 million in severance payments related to our reduction
in force in September 2006, partially offset by an increase of
$3.9 million in the severance accrual related to our
reduction in force in September 2007 and $0.6 million
primarily related to our self-insured employee benefit plans.
Our working capital decreased by $18.4 million to
$12.6 million at September 30, 2009, as compared to a
working capital of $31.0 million at September 30,
2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the purchase of
approximately 1.6 million shares of our common stock for a
total of approximately $16.9 million and the purchase of
non-current investments of approximately $3.8 million.
Working capital also decreased due to the net effect of an
increase in deferred income tax assets of $2.2 million, an
increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of
48
$2.0 million, offset by an increase in accounts payable and
accrued expenses of $7.0 million and an increase in
deferred revenue of $3.5 million, as discussed above. Our
current ratio was 1.12 at September 30, 2009, as compared
to 1.36 at September 30, 2008. There were no amounts
outstanding on our line of credit at September 30, 2009 or
September 30, 2008.
Our working capital increased by $23.7 million to
$31.0 million at September 30, 2008, as compared to a
working capital of $7.3 million at September 30, 2007.
The increase was primarily attributable to the
$32.6 million in cash proceeds from the sale of our
facilities at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus, an increase in
net receivables of $5.7 million and a decrease in deferred
revenue of $4.7 million, as discussed above. Additionally,
accounts payable and accrued expenses decreased by
$4.1 million primarily due to decreases in capital
expenses, accrued advertising, and outplacement services related
to the reduction in workforce undertaken in 2007. During 2008,
we purchased approximately 1.9 million shares of our common
stock at average price of $15.66 per share for a total of
approximately $29.5 million under the current share
repurchase program. Our current ratio was 1.36 at
September 30, 2008, as compared to 1.08 at
September 30, 2007. There were no amounts outstanding on
our line of credit at September 30, 2008 or
September 30, 2007.
Receivables, net were $14.9 million and $20.2 million
at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our days
sales outstanding (DSO) in accounts receivable was approximately
17 days at September 30, 2009 and 19 days at
September 30, 2008. The improvement in DSO was primarily
attributable to improved operating efficiencies in 2009.
Receivables, net were $20.2 million and $14.5 million
at September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our days
sales outstanding (DSO) in accounts receivable was approximately
19 days at September 30, 2008 and 16 days at
September 30, 2007. The increase in DSO was primarily
attributable to the challenges we have experienced in our
student financial aid process due to the changing student
funding environment and the resulting delay in receiving student
financial aid funding used to settle students in-school
receivable.
Investing
Activities
Our cash used in investing activities of approximately
$57.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2009
was primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment
and capital improvements and the purchase of investments, offset
by proceeds from the disposal of property and equipment and the
maturity of investments. Our capital expenditures primarily
resulted from the purchase of facilities for our new
Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus and ongoing replacements of
equipment related to student training. Net cash provided by
investing activities was $13.0 million in the year ended
September 30, 2008. Net cash used in investing activities
was $6.4 million in the year ended September 30, 2007.
In 2009, purchases of property and equipment were
$28.5 million. In addition to our investment in new and
replacement training equipment for our ongoing operations, the
following is a summary of our significant investments in capital
expenditure activities for the year ended September 30,
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $9.3 million to purchase
facilities for the Dallas/Ft. Worth campus in addition to
leasehold improvements at a temporary facility for this campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $13.0 million related to
information technology projects, computer equipment and the
transformation of our auto and diesel curriculum at our
corporate office in Phoenix, Arizona.
|
In 2009, purchases of investments were $31.6 million for
pre-refunded municipal bonds and certificates of deposit.
Proceeds received upon the maturity of investments were
$3.1 million, all of which were re-invested.
During 2010, we anticipate capital expenditures will increase by
approximately $11.3 million due to ongoing projects related
to the improvements to the building purchased for our
Dallas/Ft. Worth location, transformation of our automotive
and diesel curriculum and the installation of a time and
attendance system.
The cash provided by investing activities during the year ended
September 30, 2008 of $13.0 million was primarily
related to proceeds received from the sale of the Norwood,
Massachusetts campus facility offset by capital expenditures
associated with existing campus expansions and ongoing
replacement of equipment related to student training.
49
In addition to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations, the following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities
for the year ended September 30, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $3.2 million related to
information technology projects and computer equipment at our
corporate office in Phoenix, Arizona.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $1.2 million in training
equipment, leasehold improvements, computers and office
equipment at our Orlando, Florida campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $1.1 million in leasehold
improvements, training equipment and computer equipment at our
Exton, Pennsylvania campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $0.9 million in training
equipment and leasehold improvements at our Sacramento,
California campus.
|
In addition to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations, the following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities
for the year ended September 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $13.6 million to complete
construction of our Sacramento, California campus which was
included in the sale of our facilities. Additionally, we
purchased approximately $4.0 million in training, furniture
and office equipment at our Sacramento, California campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $6.7 million to complete
construction of our Norwood, Massachusetts campus and purchased
approximately $2.1 million in training, furniture and
office equipment at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $2.5 million in leasehold
improvements related to the expansion of our Orlando, Florida
campus to accommodate the expansion of our automotive and
motorcycle programs.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $1.4 million in leasehold
improvements for the expansion of our MMI Phoenix campus to
accommodate a longer program length for our elective programs.
|
As a result of our investments in new campuses and the expansion
of existing campuses, we added 370 seats to our capacity
during 2007 ending the year with a total of 25,480 seats.
Financing
Activities
In 2009, our cash flows used in financing activities were
$16.8 million and were attributable to the repurchase of
our stock.
In 2008, our cash flows used in financing activities were
$28.8 million and were primarily attributable to the
repurchase of our stock.
In 2007, our cash flows provided by financing activities were
$0.9 million and were primarily attributable to proceeds
from the issuance of our common shares under employee stock
plans.
Debt
Service
On October 26, 2007, we entered into a second modification
agreement which extended our $30.0 million revolving line
of credit agreement with a bank through October 26, 2009.
There was no amount outstanding on the line of credit and we
were in compliance with all covenants at September 30,
2009. We did not renew the line of credit agreement upon
expiration and do not currently plan to enter into a new one
unless specific circumstances dictate at a future date.
Dividends
We do not currently pay any dividends on our common stock. Our
Board of Directors will determine whether to pay dividends in
the future based on conditions then existing, including our
earnings, financial condition and capital
50
requirements, the availability of third-party financing and the
financial responsibility standards prescribed by ED, as well as
any economic and other conditions that our Board of Directors
may deem relevant.
Future
Liquidity Sources and Needs
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe
that our cash flow from operations, cash on hand and investments
will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures,
commitments, and other liquidity requirements associated with
our existing operations through the next 12 months.
On April 28, 2009 and November 26, 2007, our Board of
Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million
and $50.0 million, respectively, of our common stock in the
open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The
timing and actual number of shares purchased will depend on a
variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory
requirements, and other prevailing market conditions. At
September 30, 2009, we had purchased 3,439,281 shares
at a total cost of approximately $46.4 million under this
program.
On September 23, 2009, we purchased a building with
approximately 95,000 square feet in the
Dallas/Ft. Worth,
Texas area for $9.1 million. We anticipate we will spend
approximately $10.0 million on building improvements and
equipment over the next 12 months and incur approximately
$6.6 million in operating expenses in 2010. We have begun
the state licensing process. The Texas Workforce Commission has
issued a Certificate of Approval for the campus and has approved
our Automotive Technology and Automotive/Diesel Technology
programs. Upon completion of the licensing process, we will
begin to incur sales and marketing costs, which have
historically preceded the opening of a new campus by
approximately nine months. We anticipate this new campus will
become profitable within 9 months to 15 months after
opening.
We believe that the strategic use of our cash resources includes
funding the new campus, subsidizing funding alternatives for our
students and we will continue to evaluate repurchasing of our
common stock. In addition, our long-term strategy includes the
consideration of strategic acquisitions. To the extent that
potential acquisitions are large enough to require financing
beyond cash from operations we may incur additional debt or
issue debt, resulting in increased interest expense.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2009,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms that will require
cash outlays in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases(1)
|
|
$
|
248,079
|
|
|
$
|
25,815
|
|
|
$
|
47,605
|
|
|
$
|
42,328
|
|
|
$
|
132,331
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
43,019
|
|
|
|
19,881
|
|
|
|
10,287
|
|
|
|
5,201
|
|
|
|
7,650
|
|
Other long-term obligations
|
|
|
1,864
|
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
|
292,962
|
|
|
|
46,145
|
|
|
|
58,278
|
|
|
|
47,710
|
|
|
|
140,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding surety bonds(3)
|
|
|
13,323
|
|
|
|
13,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual commitments
|
|
$
|
306,285
|
|
|
$
|
59,468
|
|
|
$
|
58,278
|
|
|
$
|
47,710
|
|
|
$
|
140,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Minimum rental commitments. These amounts do not include
property taxes, insurance or normal recurring repairs and
maintenance. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes all agreements to purchase goods or services of either
a fixed or minimum quantity that are enforceable and legally
binding. Where the obligation to purchase goods or services is
non-cancelable, the entire value of the contract was included in
the table. Additionally, purchase orders outstanding as of
September 30, 2009, employment contracts and minimum
payments under licensing and royalty agreements are included. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents surety bonds posted on behalf of our schools and
education representatives with multiple state education agencies. |
51
Related
Party Transactions
Information concerning related party transactions is included in
Note 13 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial
Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this report.
For a description of additional information regarding related
party transactions, see the information included in our proxy
statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
Seasonality
Our net revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in total student population and costs associated with
opening or expanding our campuses. Student population varies as
a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student
populations in our third quarter than in the remainder of our
year because fewer students are enrolled during the summer
months. Additionally, our schools have had higher student
populations in our fourth quarter than in the remainder of the
year because more students enroll during this period. Our
expenses, however, do not vary significantly with changes in
student population and net revenues and, as a result, such
expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. We
expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue
as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may
change, however, as a result of new school openings, new program
introductions, increased enrollments of adult students or
acquisitions. In addition, our net revenues for the first
quarter ending December 31 are impacted by the fact that we have
fewer earning days when our campuses are closed during the
calendar year end holiday break and accordingly we do not earn
revenue during that period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
90,121
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
90,035
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
89,534
|
|
|
|
25.3
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
89,125
|
|
|
|
24.3
|
%
|
|
|
88,157
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
91,651
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
87,852
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
%
|
|
|
80,639
|
|
|
|
23.5
|
%
|
|
|
85,176
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
99,537
|
(1)
|
|
|
27.1
|
%
|
|
|
84,629
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
|
87,009
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) from Operations
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
3,589
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
9,304
|
|
|
|
87.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,525
|
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
(203
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)%
|
|
|
2,275
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
|
|
9,450
|
|
|
|
39.8
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)(3)
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)%
|
|
|
5,696
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
12,289
|
(1)
|
|
|
65.9
|
%
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
(1,921
|
)(4)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,641
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The increased net revenues and income from operations for the
three month period ended September 30, 2009, as compared to
the remainder of the year, was primarily due to an increase in
our student population resulting from the growth in contracts we
have experienced since January 2008, the investments we made in
recruiting, |
52
|
|
|
|
|
training, and developing additional financial aid and future
student advisors and the seasonal variations in our business. |
|
(2) |
|
The loss from operations during the three month period ending
March 31, 2009 was primarily due to additional sales force
representatives hired in response to our increase in quality
leads, contract services expenses incurred for process
improvement projects in financial aid and admissions and lower
interest income due to a change in investments to lower risk,
lower yielding mutual funds. |
|
(3) |
|
The loss from operations incurred during the three month period
ending June 30, 2008 was primarily due to the increased
investment in the new national advertising campaign,
set-up fees
associated with the proprietary loan program and a decline in
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment. |
|
(4) |
|
The loss from operations incurred during the three month period
ending September 30, 2007 was primarily due to
approximately $4.5 million in operating expense related to
our reduction in force implemented nationwide in September 2007. |
Critical
Accounting Estimates
Our discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. During the preparation
of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we
evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related
to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts,
self-insurance, goodwill, income taxes, contingencies and
stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on our
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of
our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from
these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and
the impact of such differences may be material to our financial
position or results of operations.
Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 3
of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report. We believe that the
following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in
fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial
results, and they require managements most subjective and
complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent
uncertainties.
Revenue recognition. Net revenues
consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the
programs we provide after reductions are made for discounts and
scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee revenue is recognized
ratably over the term of the course or program offered. If a
student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, all
or a portion of deferred tuition revenue is refunded.
Approximately 97% of our net revenues for each of the years
ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consisted of
tuition. Our undergraduate programs are typically designed to be
completed in 45 to 90 weeks and our advanced training
programs range from 14 to 24 weeks in duration. We
supplement our revenues with sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues. Sales of textbooks
and program supplies, revenue related to student housing and
other revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are
performed. Deferred revenue represents the excess of tuition and
fee payments received, as compared to tuition and fees earned,
and is reflected as a current liability in our consolidated
balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the
twelve-month period immediately following the date on which such
liability is reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
We have a proprietary loan program with a national chartered
bank to provide funding for students who are not able to fully
finance the cost of their education under traditional
governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or
other alternative sources. Under terms of the related
agreements, the bank originates loans for our students who meet
our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds to be
used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then
purchase all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis and
assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest
at market rates; however, the principal and interest payments
are not required until six months after the student completes or
withdraws from his or her program. After the deferral period,
monthly principal and interest payments are required over the
related term of the loan.
53
In substance, we are providing the students who participate in
this program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we recognize tuition revenue and loan origination
fees financed by the loan and any related interest income
required under the loan when such amounts have been collected.
We will reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical
collection experience under the program and will accelerate
recognition of the related revenue if appropriate. All related
expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are
expensed as incurred. Since loan collectability is not
reasonably assured, the loans and related deferred tuition
revenue are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheet
until sufficient collection history has been obtained.
Allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We maintain an allowance for
uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability, failure or refusal of our students to make required
payments. We offer a variety of payment plans to help students
pay that portion of their education expenses not covered by
financial aid programs or alternate fund sources, which are
unsecured and not guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts
receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts,
customer credit worthiness and changes in payment history when
evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by
third party collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection
efforts. Although we believe that our allowance for doubtful
accounts is adequate, if the financial condition of our students
deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to
make payments, or if we underestimate the amount required,
additional allowances may be necessary, which would result in
increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the
period such determination is made.
Investments. We invest in pre-refunded
municipal bonds, which are primarily secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from
federal income taxes. We have both the ability and intention to
hold municipal bonds until maturity and therefore classify these
investments as
held-to-maturity,
and report them at amortized cost. Investments with a maturity
date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase are
classified as cash equivalents and investments with a maturity
date greater than one year at the end of the period are
classified as non-current.
We review our
held-to-maturity
investments quarterly for impairment to determine if an
other-than-temporary
decline has occurred in the market value of any individual
investment in relation to its cost basis.
Other-than-temporary
declines in the value of our
held-to-maturity
investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the
determination is made. We determined that no
other-than-temporary
declines occurred in our
held-to-maturity
investments in the year ended September 30, 2009.
Self-Insurance. We are self-insured for
a number of risks including claims related to employee health
care and dental care and workers compensation. The
accounting for our self-insured plans involves estimates and
judgments to determine our ultimate liability related to
reported claims and claims incurred but not reported. We
consider our historical experience, severity factors, actuarial
analysis and existing stop loss insurance in estimating our
ultimate insurance liability. If our insurance claim trends were
to differ significantly from our historic claim experience, we
would make a corresponding adjustment to our insurance reserves.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the
excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated
fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which
might result from the deterioration in the operating performance
of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse
changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of
other circumstances. Any resulting impairment charge would be
recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is
identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted
54
average cost of capital. While actual experience will differ
from the amounts included in our cash flow model, we do not
believe that a related impairment of our goodwill is reasonably
possible in the foreseeable future.
Income taxes. We assess the likelihood
that our deferred tax assets will be realized from future
taxable income and establish a valuation allowance if we
determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes
in the valuation allowance are included in our statement of
operations as a charge or credit to income tax expense. We make
assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining our
provisions for income taxes, assessing our ability to utilize
any future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets. Although we
believe that our estimates are reasonable, changes in tax laws
or our interpretation of tax laws, and the outcome of future tax
audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for
income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. In
addition, actual operating results and the underlying amount and
category of income in future years could render our current
assessment of recoverable deferred tax assets inaccurate.
Contingencies. In the ordinary conduct
of the business, we are subject to occasional lawsuits,
investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims
involving students and graduates and routine employment matters.
When we are aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the
likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated, we record a liability for the loss. If the loss is
not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably
estimated, we disclose the nature of the specific claim if the
likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the
amount involved is material. There can be no assurance that the
ultimate outcome of any of the lawsuits, investigations or
claims pending against us will not have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Stock-based Compensation. We measure
all share-based payments to employees at estimated fair value.
We recognize the compensation expense for option grants and
restricted stock awards with only service conditions on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For stock
awards with market conditions, we recognize compensation expense
using the graded vesting method over the requisite period.
Option exercise prices are based upon the per share closing
price of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value
of each option on the date of grant is estimated using the
Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation
assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date
approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the
grant date. We apply the simplified method for calculating the
expected term of the grant which is the weighted mid-point
between the vesting date of the grant and the expiration date of
the stock option agreement. Our dividend rate is assumed to be
zero because we have not historically, nor do we have plans to,
pay dividends. We derive our expected volatility using a method
that includes an analysis of companies within our industry
sector, including UTI, to calculate the annualized historical
volatility.
Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is
measured based on the closing price of our common stock on the
date of grant. The requisite service period for restricted stock
awards is generally the vesting period. Compensation expense is
recognized only for those awards that are expected to vest,
which we estimate based upon historical forfeitures.
In September 2009, our Board of Directors approved a grant of
stock units with vesting of the grant subject to a market
condition. The market condition is based on total shareholder
return which is the comparison of the change in our stock price
and dividends to the change in stock price and dividends for
companies included in a nationally recognized stock index for
each of the three measurement periods included in the grant. On
the settlement date for each measurement period, participants
will receive shares of our common stock equal to 0% to 200% of
the stock units originally targeted, depending on where our
total shareholder return ranks among the companies included in
the related index for that measurement period.
The fair value of the stock units at grant date for each
measurement period was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation
which required assumptions for expected volatilities,
correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and
dividend yields. Expected volatilities were derived using a
method that calculates historical volatility over a period equal
to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the
companies included in the related index. Correlation
coefficients were based on the same data used to calculate
historical volatilities and were used to model how our stock
price moves in relation to the companies included in the related
index. We used a risk-free rate of
55
return that is equal to the yield of a zero-coupon
U.S. Treasury bill that is commensurate with each
measurement period, and we assumed that any dividends paid were
reinvested.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements
which are not yet effective is included in Note 4 of the
notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report. As indicated in
Note 4, we do not expect any of the recently issued
accounting pronouncements to have a material effect on our
financial statements.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in
interest rates. As of September 30, 2009, we held
$56.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and
$28.9 million in investments. During the year ended
September 30, 2009, we earned interest income of
$0.2 million. In September 2008, we changed the investments
of our cash and cash equivalents from a mutual fund invested in
a portfolio composed of commercial paper, floating variable rate
bonds, repurchase agreements, certificates of deposit, time
deposits, municipal bonds, short-term corporate bonds and
federal agencies to a mutual fund that invests in
U.S. treasury notes, U.S. treasury bills and
repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. treasury notes
and U.S. treasury bills. Additionally, in May 2009, we
began investing in pre-refunded municipal bonds, collateralized
by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. treasury notes. We do not believe that reasonably
possible changes in interest rates will have a material effect
on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
As of September 30, 2009, we did not have significant
short-term or long-term borrowings. Please refer to
Note 11, Revolving Credit Facility, in Item 8,
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, for
additional information.
Effect of
Inflation
To date, inflation has not had a significant effect on our
operations.
56
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The following financial statements of the Company and its
subsidiaries are included below on pages F-2 to
F-29 of this
report:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2009, pursuant
to Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15.
Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls
and procedures as of September 30, 2009 were effective in
ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by
the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and
forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its principal executive and
principal financial officers, or persons performing similar
functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by Exchange Act Rule 13a 15(d) or
15d 15(d) that occurred during the quarter ended
September 30, 2009 that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over
financial reporting.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting and our Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firms report with respect to the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting are included on pages F-2 and
F-3, respectively, of this annual report on
Form 10-K.
Managements
Certifications
The Company has filed as exhibits to its annual report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended September 30, 2009, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of the
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the
Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.
The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the
most recent Annual Chief Executive Officer Certification as
required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock
Exchange Listed Company Manual.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
57
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Election
of Directors; Corporate Governance and Related
Matters; Code of Conduct; Corporate Governance
Guidelines and Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by
reference. Information regarding executive officers of the
Company is set forth under the caption Executive Officers
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. in Part I
hereof.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Executive
Compensation, Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation and Compensation Committee
Report is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Equity
Compensation Plan Information and Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate
Governance and Related Matters is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Fees Paid
to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Audit Committee
Pre-Approval Procedures for Services Provided by the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm is incorporated herein
by reference.
58
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
(1) The financial statements required to be included in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are included in Item 8 of this Report.
(2) All other schedules have been omitted because they are
not required, are not applicable, or the required information is
shown on the financial statements or the notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 23, 2005.)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on December 15, 2008.)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2003,
between Registrant and certain stockholders signatory thereto.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated October 26, 2004, by and between
the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
10
|
.1.1
|
|
Modification Agreement, dated July 5, 2006, by and between
the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 7, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.1.2
|
|
Second Modification Agreement, dated October 26, 2007, by
and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 26, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute Executive Benefit Plan, effective
March 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
Management 2002 Option Program. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.4*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Incentive Compensation
Plan (as amended February 28, 2007). (Formerly known as the
2003 Stock Incentive Plan). (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed May 10, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.5.1*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.5.2*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.5.3*
|
|
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
10
|
.5.4*
|
|
Form of Performance Shares Award Agreement. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 14, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and John C. White. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
Form of Severance Agreement between Registrant and certain
executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on January 16, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, as amended, between
City Park LLC, as successor in interest to 2844 West Deer
Valley L.L.C., as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation,
as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, as amended, between
John C. and Cynthia L. White, as trustees of the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton
Harley Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC,
as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and
its directors and officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-114185).)
|
|
10
|
.14*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2008, between
Registrant and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 29, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.15*
|
|
Separation Agreement, Waiver and Release dated December 17,
2008, between Registrant and Larry H. Wolff. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on December 18, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.16*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated March 6, 2009, between
Registrant and Roger L. Speer. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on March 6, 2009.)
|
|
10
|
.17*
|
|
Separation Agreement, Waiver and Release dated July 30,
2009, between Registrant and Sherrell E. Smith. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on August 4, 2009.)
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 14, 2005.)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
60
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
JOHN C. WHITE
Chairman of the Board
Date: December 1, 2009
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints John C. White and Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr., or either of them, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and any documents related to this report and filed pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
C. White
John
C. White
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kimberly
J. McWaters
Kimberly
J. McWaters
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer) and Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Alan
E. Cabito
Alan
E. Cabito
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Conrad
A. Conrad
Conrad
A. Conrad
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roger
S. Penske
Roger
S. Penske
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Linda
J. Srere
Linda
J. Srere
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Allan
D. Gilmour
Allan
D. Gilmour
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2009
|
62
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
F-1
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
company and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over
financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States.
Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and
procedures that pertain to maintaining records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our
transactions and dispositions of the companys assets;
providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and
expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with
management and director authorization; and providing reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets
that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this
evaluation, management concluded that the companys
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
September 30, 2009. There were no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
September 30, 2009 that have materially affected, or that
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of September 30, 2009 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
herein.
F-2
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, of
shareholders equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries at
September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended September 30, 2009 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of September 30, 2009, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions
on these financial statements and on the Companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of financial statements included examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our
audit of internal control over financial reporting included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of the internal control based on the assessed
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
December 1, 2009
F-3
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
56,199
|
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
Investments, current portion
|
|
|
25,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
14,892
|
|
|
|
20,222
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
7,452
|
|
|
|
5,951
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
10,480
|
|
|
|
8,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
114,165
|
|
|
|
117,619
|
|
Investments, less current portion
|
|
|
3,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
81,168
|
|
|
|
68,258
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
3,633
|
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
47,276
|
|
|
$
|
37,995
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
48,175
|
|
|
|
44,695
|
|
Accrued tool sets
|
|
|
4,276
|
|
|
|
3,870
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
1,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
101,546
|
|
|
|
86,604
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
3,086
|
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
Deferred rent liability
|
|
|
5,593
|
|
|
|
5,354
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
6,428
|
|
|
|
6,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
116,653
|
|
|
|
101,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 28,641,006 shares issued and
23,770,780 shares outstanding at September 30, 2009
and 28,406,762 shares issued and 25,089,517 shares
outstanding at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares
authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital
|
|
|
140,813
|
|
|
|
137,100
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,870,226 shares and
3,317,245 shares at September 30, 2009 and 2008,
respectively
|
|
|
(76,506
|
)
|
|
|
(59,571
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
42,388
|
|
|
|
30,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
106,698
|
|
|
|
108,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
193,490
|
|
|
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
186,245
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
154,504
|
|
|
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
347,994
|
|
|
|
332,763
|
|
|
|
329,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
18,641
|
|
|
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
3,185
|
|
|
|
2,663
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
|
3,324
|
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
19,305
|
|
|
|
14,021
|
|
|
|
26,370
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
7,572
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share basic
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
24,246
|
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
24,627
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2006
|
|
|
28,175
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
124,804
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
$
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,836
|
|
|
$
|
101,614
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,564
|
|
|
|
15,564
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2007
|
|
|
28,260
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
132,131
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
$
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,400
|
|
|
$
|
124,505
|
|
Cumulative effect of the adoption of ASC 740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2007
|
|
|
28,260
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
132,131
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
$
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,439
|
|
|
$
|
124,544
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
Tax charge from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2008
|
|
|
28,407
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
137,100
|
|
|
|
3,317
|
|
|
$
|
(59,571
|
)
|
|
$
|
30,655
|
|
|
$
|
108,187
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,733
|
|
|
|
11,733
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
878
|
|
Shares withheld for payroll taxes
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,101
|
)
|
Tax charge from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(842
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(842
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
(16,935
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,935
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
28,641
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
140,813
|
|
|
|
4,870
|
|
|
$
|
(76,506
|
)
|
|
$
|
42,388
|
|
|
$
|
106,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
17,568
|
|
|
|
17,605
|
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
6,732
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
|
|
3,375
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
4,702
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(2,165
|
)
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
|
|
(957
|
)
|
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(1,936
|
)
|
|
|
(11,307
|
)
|
|
|
(1,625
|
)
|
Income tax payable (receivable)
|
|
|
1,564
|
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(2,036
|
)
|
|
|
(1,327
|
)
|
|
|
37
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
|
|
(663
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
6,989
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
(2,160
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
3,480
|
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
Accrued tool sets and other current liabilities
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
49,151
|
|
|
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
39,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(28,524
|
)
|
|
|
(17,705
|
)
|
|
|
(46,580
|
)
|
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
32,689
|
|
|
|
40,192
|
|
Purchase of investments
|
|
|
(31,629
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received upon maturity of investments
|
|
|
3,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(57,050
|
)
|
|
|
12,984
|
|
|
|
(6,388
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
Payment of payroll taxes on stock-based compensation through
shares withheld
|
|
|
(1,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Purchases of treasury stock, including fees of $75 in 2008
|
|
|
(16,935
|
)
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(16,780
|
)
|
|
|
(28,794
|
)
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(24,679
|
)
|
|
|
5,284
|
|
|
|
34,163
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
80,878
|
|
|
|
75,594
|
|
|
|
41,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
56,199
|
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
$
|
75,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
$
|
7,823
|
|
|
$
|
5,151
|
|
|
$
|
13,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training equipment obtained in exchange for services
|
|
$
|
1,571
|
|
|
$
|
1,859
|
|
|
$
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
2,292
|
|
|
$
|
4,184
|
|
|
$
|
4,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (UTI or,
collectively, we and our) provides
postsecondary education for students seeking careers as
professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle
and marine technicians. We offer undergraduate degree, diploma
and certificate programs at 10 campuses and manufacturer
training programs that are sponsored by the manufacturer or
dealer at dedicated training centers. We work closely with
leading original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in the
automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine industries to
understand their needs for qualified service professionals.
|
|
2.
|
Government
Regulation and Financial Aid
|
Our schools and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended (HEA), commonly referred to as the
Title IV Programs, which are administered by the
U.S. Department of Education (ED). During the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, approximately 73%, 72%
and 68% respectively, of our net revenues on a cash basis were
indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV
Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our schools are subject to
extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these
entities. After our schools receive the required certifications
by the appropriate entities, our schools must demonstrate their
compliance with the ED regulations of the Title IV Programs
on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the
requirement that we satisfy specific standards of financial
responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with
these standards each year, based upon the institutions
annual audited financial statements, as well as following a
change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations which
took effect July 1, 1998, ED calculates the
institutions composite score for financial responsibility
based on its (i) equity ratio which measures the
institutions capital resources, ability to borrow and
financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio which
measures the institutions ability to support current
operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income
ratio which measures the institutions ability to operate
at a profit. Our composite score has exceeded the required
minimum composite score of 1.5 since September 30, 2004.
|
|
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Principles
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of UTI and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing
basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, bad debts, healthcare costs,
workers compensation costs, tool set costs, fixed assets,
long-lived assets including goodwill, income taxes and
contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of
our analysis form the basis for making judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from
these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and
the impact of such differences may be material to our
consolidated financial statements.
F-8
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Recognition
Net revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide after reductions are made
for discounts and scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee
revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the course or
program offered. If a student withdraws from a program prior to
a specified date, all or a portion of deferred tuition revenue
is refunded. Approximately 97% of our net revenues for each of
the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consisted
of tuition. Our undergraduate programs are typically designed to
be completed in 45 to 90 weeks and our advanced training
programs range from 14 to 24 weeks in duration. We
supplement our revenues with sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues. Sales of textbooks
and program supplies, revenue related to student housing and
other revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are
performed. Deferred revenue represents the excess of tuition and
fee payments received, as compared to tuition and fees earned,
and is reflected as a current liability in our consolidated
balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the
twelve-month period immediately following the date on which such
liability is reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
Proprietary
Loan Program
In order to provide funding for students who are not able to
fully finance the cost of their education under traditional
governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or
other alternative sources, we established a private loan program
with a national chartered bank in 2008. Under terms of the
related agreements, the bank originates loans for our students
who meet our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds
used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then
purchase all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis and
assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest
at market rates; however, principal and interest payments are
not required until six months after the student completes his or
her program. After the deferral period, monthly principal and
interest payments are required over the related term of the loan.
The bank agreed to provide these services in exchange for a fee
equivalent to 0.4% of the principal balance of each loan and
related fees. Under the terms of the related agreements, we have
a $2.0 million deposit with the bank in order to secure our
related loan purchase obligation. This balance is classified as
other assets and restricted cash in our consolidated balance
sheets at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
In substance, we provide the students who participate in this
program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we recognize tuition revenue and loan origination
fees financed by the loan and any related interest income
required under the loan when such amounts are collected. We will
reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical collection
experience under the program and will accelerate recognition of
the related revenue if appropriate. All related expenses
incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed
as incurred and were approximately $0.7 million and
$0.4 million during the years ended September 30, 2009
and 2008, respectively. Since loan collectability is not
reasonably assured, the loans and related deferred tuition
revenue will not be recognized in our consolidated balance sheet
until sufficient collection history has been obtained.
Our Board of Directors authorized the extension of up to an
aggregate of $30.0 million of credit under our proprietary
loan program. At September 30, 2009, we had committed to
provide loans to our students for approximately
$17.1 million and of that amount there was approximately
$14.0 million in loans outstanding. At September 30,
2008 there was approximately $1.7 million in loans
outstanding under this program. Since the inception of the
program, recognition of approximately $8.4 million of the
related tuition revenue has been deferred because collectability
is not reasonably assured. We will recognize the related tuition
revenue when such amounts have been collected.
F-9
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
Allowance
for Uncollectible Accounts
We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We offer a
variety of payment plans to help students pay that portion of
their education expenses not covered by financial aid programs
or alternate fund sources, which are unsecured and not
guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts receivable, historical
percentages of uncollectible accounts, customer credit
worthiness and changes in payment history when evaluating the
adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. We use an
internal group of collectors, augmented by third party
collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection efforts.
Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if the
financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in
an impairment of their ability to make payments, or if we
underestimate the allowances required, additional allowances may
be necessary, which would result in increased selling, general
and administrative expenses in the period such determination is
made.
Investments
We invest predominantly in pre-refunded municipal bonds, which
are generally secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from
federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of
deposit issued by financial institutions. We have the ability
and intention to hold our investments until maturity and
therefore classify these investments as
held-to-maturity
and report them at amortized cost. Investments with an original
maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase
are classified as cash equivalents and investments with a
maturity date greater than one year at the end of the period are
classified as non-current.
We review our
held-to-maturity
investments for impairment quarterly to determine if
other-than-temporary
declines in the carrying value have occurred for any individual
investment.
Other-than-temporary
declines in the value of our
held-to-maturity
investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the
determination is made. We determined that no
other-than-temporary
declines occurred in our
held-to-maturity
investments in the year ended September 30, 2009.
Property
and Equipment
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at
cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
Depreciation and amortization expense are calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is
calculated using the straight-line method over the remaining
useful life of the asset or term of lease, whichever is shorter.
Costs relating to software developed for internal use and
curriculum development are capitalized and amortized using the
straight-line method over the related estimated useful lives.
Such costs include direct costs of materials and services as
well as payroll and related costs for employees who are directly
associated with the projects. Maintenance and repairs are
expensed as incurred.
We review the carrying value of our property and equipment for
possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We
evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment by examining
estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by
using probability weighted techniques as well as comparisons of
past performance against projections. Assets may also be
evaluated by identifying independent market values. If we
determine that an assets carrying value is impaired,
F-10
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
we will write-down the carrying value of the asset to its
estimated fair value and charge the impairment as an operating
expense in the period in which the determination is made.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired
business over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually
for impairment, which might result from the deterioration in the
operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market
conditions, adverse changes in the applicable laws or
regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting
impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the
period in which impairment is identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined
that our goodwill was not impaired at September 30, 2009
and 2008, and that impairment charges were not required. While
actual experience will differ from the amounts included in our
cash flow model, we do not believe that a related impairment of
our goodwill is reasonably possible in the foreseeable future.
Self-Insurance
Plans
We are self-insured for claims related to employee health care
and dental care and claims related to workers
compensation. Liabilities associated with these plans are
estimated by management with consideration of our historical
loss experience, severity factors and independent actuarial
analysis. Our loss exposure related to self-insurance is limited
by stop loss coverage. Our expected loss accruals are based on
estimates, and while we believe the amounts accrued are
adequate, the ultimate losses may differ from the amounts
provided.
Deferred
Rent Liability
We lease substantially all of our administrative and educational
facilities under operating lease agreements. Some lease
agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, free rent
periods or rent escalation clauses. In instances where one or
more of these items are included in a lease agreement, we record
a deferred rent liability on the consolidated balance sheet and
record rent expense evenly over the term of the lease.
Advertising
Costs
Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and
totaled approximately $23.7 million, $26.4 million and
$27.3 million for the years ended September 30, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We measure all share-based payments to employees at estimated
fair value. We recognize the compensation expense for stock
awards with only service conditions on a straight-line basis
over the requisite service period. We recognize compensation
expense for stock awards with market conditions using the graded
vesting method over the requisite period.
Option exercise prices are based upon the per share closing
price of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value
of each option on the date of grant is estimated using the
Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation
assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date
F-11
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the
grant date. We apply the simplified method for calculating the
expected term of the grant which is the weighted mid-point
between the vesting date of the grant and the expiration date of
the stock option agreement. Our dividend rate is assumed to be
zero because we have not historically, nor do we have plans to,
pay dividends. We derive our expected volatility using a method
that includes an analysis of companies within our industry
sector, including UTI, to calculate the annualized historical
volatility.
Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is
measured based on the grant date fair value of our common stock.
The requisite service period for restricted stock awards is
generally the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized
only for those awards that are expected to vest, which we
estimate based upon historical forfeitures.
In September 2009, our Board of Directors approved a grant of
stock units with vesting of the grant subject to a market
condition. The market condition is based on total shareholder
return which is the comparison of the change in our stock price
and dividends to the change in stock price and dividends for
companies included in a nationally recognized stock index for
each of the three measurement periods included in the grant. On
the settlement date for each measurement period, participants
will receive shares of our common stock equal to 0% to 200% of
the stock units originally targeted, depending on where our
total shareholder return ranks among the companies included in
the related index for that measurement period.
The fair value of stock units at the grant date for each
measurement period was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation
which required assumptions for expected volatilities,
correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and
dividend yields. Expected volatilities were derived using a
method that calculates historical volatility over a period equal
to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the
companies included in the related index. Correlation
coefficients were based on the same data used to calculate
historical volatilities and were used to model how our stock
price moves in relation to the companies included in the related
index. We used a risk-free rate of return that is equal to the
yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill that is
commensurate with each measurement period, and we assumed that
any dividends paid were reinvested.
Stock-based compensation expense of $4.7 million,
$5.3 million and $6.4 million (pre-tax) was recorded
for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. The tax benefit related to stock-based
compensation recognized in the years ended September 30,
2009, 2008 and 2007 was $1.8 million, $2.0 million and
$2.5 million, respectively.
Income
Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
We also recognize deferred tax assets for net operating loss and
tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Deferred tax assets are reduced through a valuation allowance;
if it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will
not be realized.
Concentration
of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and
cash equivalents, investments and receivables. As of
September 30, 2009, we held cash and cash equivalents of
$56.2 million and investments of $28.9 million
invested primarily in pre-refunded municipal bonds,
collateralized by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. treasury notes.
We place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality
financial institutions and manage the amount of credit exposure
with any one financial institution. We mitigate the
concentration risk of our investments by limiting the amount
invested in any one issuer.
F-12
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of
time, to the majority of our students that are in attendance at
our campuses. Our credit risk with respect to these accounts
receivable is partially mitigated through the students
participation in federally funded financial aid programs, unless
students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV
Program funds for those students. Our risk related to accounts
receivable is also mitigated because the balances are dispersed
among approximately 16,000 students across our 10 campuses.
Our students have traditionally received their Federal Family
Education Loans (FFEL) from a limited number of lending
institutions. FFEL student loans comprised approximately 79%,
85% and 87% of our total Title IV Program funds received
for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. One lending institution, Sallie Mae, provided 54%,
90%, and 95% of the FFEL loans that our students received during
each of the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. In the years ended September 30, 2009 and
2008, one student loan guaranty agency, United Student Aid Funds
(USAF), guaranteed approximately 54%, 90% and 95%, respectively,
of the FFEL loans made to our students.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
investments, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred
tuition approximates their respective fair value at
September 30, 2009 and 2008 due to the short-term nature of
these instruments.
Comprehensive
Income
We have no items which affect comprehensive income other than
net income.
Start-up
Costs
Costs related to the
start-up of
new campuses are expensed as incurred.
Subsequent
Events
Subsequent events have been evaluated through December 1,
2009, which is the date financial statements were issued.
|
|
4.
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
|
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
approved the FASB Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(U.S. GAAP). The ASC does not change current
U.S. GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all
authoritative U.S. GAAP by providing all the authoritative
literature related to a particular topic in one place. All
existing accounting standard documents were superseded and all
other accounting literature not included in the ASC is now
considered to be non-authoritative. The ASC was effective for us
on September 30, 2009 and did not have an impact on our
financial condition or results of operations.
In August 2009, the FASB issued an update which provides
clarification of valuation techniques that are acceptable in
circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for
the identical liability is not available. This update became
effective for us on October 1, 2009 and did not have a
material impact on our financial condition or results of
operations.
In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes standards
for reporting events that occur after the balance sheet date,
but before financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued and was effective for periods ending on or after
June 15, 2009. We adopted this guidance in the year ended
September 30, 2009 and it did not have an impact on our
financial condition or results of operations.
F-13
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that addresses
determining fair value when the volume of activity for an asset
or liability has significantly decreased and identifying
transactions that are not orderly. We adopted this guidance
effective April 1, 2009 and it did not have a material
impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that addresses the
recognition of
other-than-temporary
impairments of investments in debt securities, as well as
financial statement presentation requirements for
other-than-temporary
impairments of investments in debt and equity securities. We
adopted this guidance effective April 1, 2009 and it did
not have a material impact on our financial condition or results
of operations.
In June 2008, the FASB issued guidance for determining whether
instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are
participating securities. This guidance clarifies that unvested
share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights
to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid,
are participating securities and requires such awards be
included in the computation of earnings per share (EPS) pursuant
to the two-class method. This guidance is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years.
This guidance requires all prior-period EPS data presented to be
adjusted retrospectively and early application is not permitted.
We believe our implementation of the guidance in ASC 260 will
not have a material impact on our EPS calculations.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance regarding
non-controlling interests in consolidated financial statements.
The guidance requires non-controlling interests or minority
interests to be treated as a separate component of equity, not
as a liability or other item outside of permanent equity. Under
the guidance, assets and liabilities will not change for
subsequent purchase or sale transactions with non-controlling
interests as long as control is maintained. Differences between
the fair value of consideration paid or received and the
carrying value of non-controlling interests are to be recognized
as an adjustment to the parent interests equity. This
guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. We
adopted this guidance effective October 1, 2009 and it did
not have a material impact on our financial condition or results
of operations.
|
|
5.
|
Postemployment
Benefits
|
During the year ended September 30, 2009, we entered into
agreements with personnel whose employment terminated and
recorded charges for postemployment benefits of approximately
$3.0 million. The postemployment benefit liability will be
paid out ratably over the terms of the agreements, which range
from 1 to 18 months, with the final agreement expiring in
December 2010.
The following table summarizes the postemployment benefit
liability activity for the year ended September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability Balance at
|
|
|
Postemployment
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Liability Balance at
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Benefit Charges
|
|
|
Cash Paid
|
|
|
Non-cash(1)
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
$
|
644
|
|
|
$
|
2,700
|
|
|
$
|
(1,475
|
)
|
|
$
|
(128
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,741
|
|
Other
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
688
|
|
|
$
|
3,020
|
|
|
$
|
(1,560
|
)
|
|
$
|
(225
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily relates to the affected employee not using benefits
within the time offered under the separation agreement and
non-cash severance. |
F-14
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Receivables, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Tuition receivables
|
|
$
|
18,093
|
|
|
$
|
22,125
|
|
Income tax receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
18,208
|
|
|
|
22,650
|
|
Less allowance for uncollectible accounts
|
|
|
(3,316
|
)
|
|
|
(2,428
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,892
|
|
|
$
|
20,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The allowance for uncollectible accounts is estimated using our
historical write-off experience applied to the receivable
balances for students who are no longer attending school due to
graduation or withdrawal or who are in school and have
receivable balances in excess of their financial aid packages.
We write off receivable balances against the allowance for
uncollectible accounts at the time we transfer the balance to a
third party collection agency.
The following table summarizes the activity for our allowance
for uncollectible accounts during the year ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Additions to
|
|
Write-offs of
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
Bad Debt
|
|
Uncollectible
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Expense
|
|
Accounts
|
|
End of Period
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
2,428
|
|
|
$
|
6,732
|
|
|
$
|
5,844
|
|
|
$
|
3,316
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,379
|
|
|
$
|
4,006
|
|
|
$
|
2,428
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,608
|
|
|
$
|
3,375
|
|
|
$
|
3,928
|
|
|
$
|
2,055
|
|
During 2009, we began investing predominantly in pre-refunded
municipal bonds which are generally secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from
federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of
deposit issued by financial institutions. We have the ability
and intention to hold our investments until maturity and
therefore classify these investments as
held-to-maturity
and report them at amortized cost.
Amortized cost and estimated fair market value for investments
classified as
held-to-maturity
at September 30, 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Certificates of deposit due in less than 1 year
|
|
$
|
717
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
717
|
|
Bonds due in less than 1 year
|
|
|
24,425
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
24,453
|
|
Bonds due in 1 2 years
|
|
|
3,806
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,948
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
28,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Investments are exposed to various risks, including interest
rate, market and credit risk and as a result, it is possible
that changes in the values of these investments may occur and
that such changes could affect the amounts reported in the
consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of
income.
At September 30, 2009, investments included interest
receivable of approximately $0.4 million.
|
|
8.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be
determined based on assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing an asset or liability. The valuation techniques
used to determine fair value must be consistent with either the
market approach, income approach
and/or cost
approach. The following three-tier fair value hierarchy
prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation techniques to
measure fair value:
Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect
quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and
liabilities in active markets;
Level 2 Observable inputs, other than
quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly
observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets
and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active,
or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets and liabilities; and
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are
supported by little or no market activity that are significant
to the fair value of assets or liabilities.
Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize
the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs. We use prices and inputs that are current
as of the measurement date, including during periods of market
volatility. Therefore, classification of inputs within the
hierarchy may change from period to period depending upon the
ability to observe those prices and inputs. Our assessment of
the significance of a particular input to the fair value
measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of
fair value for certain assets and liabilities and their
placement within the fair value hierarchy.
At September 30, 2009, we held $41.4 million in money
market mutual funds which are classified within cash and cash
equivalents in our consolidated balance sheet. We measure fair
value for our money market mutual funds using quoted market
prices for identical assets (Level 1).
F-16
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
9.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciable
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
Lives (in Years)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,456
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Building and building improvements
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
7,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1 - 28
|
|
|
|
35,859
|
|
|
|
33,675
|
|
Training equipment
|
|
|
3 - 10
|
|
|
|
63,982
|
|
|
|
62,184
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
3 - 10
|
|
|
|
35,187
|
|
|
|
27,847
|
|
Software developed for internal use
|
|
|
3 - 5
|
|
|
|
6,883
|
|
|
|
6,962
|
|
Curriculum development
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
|
584
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
761
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,813
|
|
|
|
2,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,172
|
|
|
|
134,345
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(78,004
|
)
|
|
|
(66,087
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,168
|
|
|
$
|
68,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense related to our property and equipment was
$16.4 million, $16.6 million and $17.9 million
for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Amortization expense related to curriculum
development and software developed for internal use was
$2.0 million, $1.5 million and $1.1 million for
the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
On September 23, 2009, we purchased a building with
approximately 95,000 square feet in the
Dallas/Ft. Worth,
Texas area for $9.1 million. Based on the fair value of the
assets acquired, we allocated the purchase price as follows:
approximately $7.7 million to the building and
approximately $1.5 million to land. We will depreciate the
building over 35 years, the estimated useful life, using
the straight-line method, when the building is placed in service.
|
|
10.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
7,515
|
|
|
$
|
5,126
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
30,218
|
|
|
|
24,675
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
9,543
|
|
|
|
8,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
47,276
|
|
|
$
|
37,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
Revolving
Credit Facility
|
On October 26, 2007, we entered into a second modification
agreement which extended our $30.0 million revolving line
of credit agreement with a bank through October 26, 2009.
There was no amount outstanding on the line of credit and we
were in compliance with all covenants at September 30,
2009. We did not renew the line of credit agreement upon
expiration and do not currently plan to enter into a new one
unless specific circumstances dictate at a future date.
F-17
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current expense
|
|
$
|
9,737
|
|
|
$
|
6,054
|
|
|
$
|
11,788
|
|
Deferred expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(2,165
|
)
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
|
|
(982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
7,572
|
|
|
$
|
5,805
|
|
|
$
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax provision differs from the tax that would result
from application of the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0% to
pre-tax income for the year. The reasons for the differences are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Income tax expense at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
6,757
|
|
|
$
|
4,907
|
|
|
$
|
9,230
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,606
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
7,572
|
|
|
$
|
5,805
|
|
|
$
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) recorded
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
9,049
|
|
|
$
|
8,528
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
947
|
|
Expenses and accruals not yet deductible
|
|
|
4,877
|
|
|
|
4,585
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
Net operating loss and net capital loss carryovers
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
State tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
19,812
|
|
|
|
15,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
(6,242
|
)
|
|
|
(5,646
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
|
|
|
(8,199
|
)
|
|
|
(5,505
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses deductible for tax
|
|
|
(1,005
|
)
|
|
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(15,446
|
)
|
|
|
(12,194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
4,366
|
|
|
$
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The deferred tax assets (liabilities) are reflected in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
7,452
|
|
|
$
|
5,951
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net
|
|
|
(3,086
|
)
|
|
|
(2,908
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
4,366
|
|
|
$
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the activity for the valuation
allowance during the year ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Additions to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
End of Period
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
On October 10, 2007, we completed a sale-leaseback
transaction of the property at the Norwood, Massachusetts
campus. As a result of the transaction, we no longer qualify for
a Massachusetts investment credit in the amount of
$0.9 million related to the Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
At September 30, 2007, we determined that it was more
likely than not that we would not realize the investment credit
due to the impending transaction and recorded a valuation
allowance as of that date. The deferred tax asset relating to
the investment credit was written off against the valuation
allowance when the sale-leaseback transaction was completed.
As of September 30, 2008, we had approximately
$0.9 million in deferred tax assets related to state net
operating loss and credit carry-forwards. These tax attributes
will expire in the years 2010 through 2024. During the year
ended September 30, 2008, we established a valuation
allowance in the amount of $0.3 million related to the
state net operating loss carry-forwards, as it is more likely
than not that the net operating losses will expire unutilized.
We file income tax returns for federal purposes and in many
states. Our tax filings remain subject to examination by
applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time
following the tax year to which these filings relate. Our tax
returns for the years ended September 30, 2006 through
September 30, 2008 remain subject to examination by the
Internal Revenue Service and our tax returns for the years ended
September 30, 2005 through September 30, 2008 remain
subject to examinations by various state taxing authorities.
F-19
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
13.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Operating
Leases
We lease our facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases, some of which contain renewal
options, escalation clauses and requirements to pay other fees
associated with the leases. We recognize rent expense on a
straight-line basis. Two of our campus properties are leased
from a related party. Future minimum rental commitments at
September 30, 2009 for all non-cancelable operating leases
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years ending September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
25,815
|
|
2011
|
|
|
24,485
|
|
2012
|
|
|
23,120
|
|
2013
|
|
|
21,164
|
|
2014
|
|
|
21,164
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
132,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
248,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately
$27.6 million, $27.9 million and $22.1 million
for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Rent expense includes rent paid to related parties which was
approximately $2.3 million, $2.2 million and
$2.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively. Since 1991, some of our properties
have been leased from entities controlled by John C. White, the
Chairman of our Board of Directors. A portion of the property
comprising our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to a lease
with the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, with
the lease term expiring on August 19, 2022. The annual base
lease payments for the first year under this lease totaled
approximately $0.3 million, with annual adjustments based
on the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total
annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index. Another
portion of the property comprising our Orlando location is
occupied pursuant to a lease with Delegates LLC, an entity
controlled by the White Family Trust, with the lease term
expiring on July 1, 2016. The beneficiaries of this trust
are Mr. Whites children, and the trustee of the trust
is not related to Mr. White. Annual base lease payments for
the first year under this lease totaled approximately
$0.7 million, with annual adjustments based on the higher
of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual rent for
the immediately preceding year or (ii) the percentage of
increase in the Consumer Price Index. Additionally, since April
1994, we have leased two of our Phoenix properties under one
lease from City Park LLC, a successor in interest of
2844 West Deer Valley LLC and in which the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust holds a 25% interest. The
lease expires on February 28, 2015, and the annual base
lease payments for the first year under this lease, as amended,
totaled approximately $0.5 million, with annual adjustments
based on the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the
total annual rent for the immediately preceding year or
(ii) the percentage of increase in the Consumer Price
Index. We believe that the rental rates under these leases
approximated fair market rental value of the properties at the
time the lease agreements were negotiated.
Licensing
Agreements
In 1997, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses and delivery of services on our campuses. The
agreement was amended in March 2008. Under the terms of the
amended license agreement, we are committed to pay royalties
based upon a flat per student fee for students who elect and
attend the licensed program. Minimum payments are required as
follows: $0.6 million for calendar years 2009 and 2010 and
$0.7 million for calendar years 2011 and 2012. A license
fee is also payable based upon a percentage of net sales related
to the sale of any product which bears the licensed
F-20
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
trademark. The royalty and license expenses related to this
agreement were $0.5 million for each of the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and were recorded in
educational services and facilities expenses. In addition, we
are required to pay a minimum marketing and advertising fee for
which in return we receive the right to utilize certain
advertising space in the licensors published periodicals.
The required marketing and advertising fee is $0.9 million
for calendar years 2010 through 2012. The marketing and
advertising fees related to this agreement were
$1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million for
the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, and were recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses. The agreement expires December 31,
2012.
In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses. Under the terms of the agreement, we are
required to pay a flat per student fee for each three week
course a student completes of the total three courses offered in
connection with this license agreement. There are no minimum
license fees required to be paid. The agreement terminates upon
the written notice of either party providing not less than six
months notification of intent to terminate. In addition, the
agreement may be terminated by the licensor after notification
to us of a contractual breach if such breach remains uncured for
more than 30 days. License fees related to this agreement
were $1.2 million; $1.1 million and $1.2 million
for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007,
respectively, and were recorded in educational services and
facilities expenses.
In May 2007, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us
the right to use certain trademarks, trade names, trade dress
and other intellectual property in connection with the operation
of our campuses and courses. We are committed to pay royalties
based upon net revenue and sponsorship revenue, as defined in
the agreement, from July 1, 2007 through December 31,
2017, the expiration of the agreement. The agreement required a
minimum royalty payment of $1.6 million in calendar year
2009. The minimum royalty payments increase by
$0.05 million in each calendar year subsequent to 2009. The
expense related to these agreements was $1.7 million;
$1.5 million and $2.0 million in the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and was
recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.
In August 2005, we settled claims with a third party that
certain of our former employees had allegedly used the
intellectual property assets of the third party in the
development of our
e-learning
training products. Under the settlement agreement, we agreed,
over a two-year period, to purchase $3.6 million of
courseware licenses that will expire no later than December
2010. At September 30, 2009, we had purchased
$3.6 million and used $2.6 million of courseware
licenses. We record the expense for the purchased licenses on a
straight-line basis over the period in which the registered user
is expected to use the license. Expense related to this
agreement was $1.0 million, $0.8 million and
$0.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
Vendor
Relationships
In 2008, we entered into an agreement with a third party, under
which they will develop a blend of instructor-led training and
web-based training curriculum for our Hot Rod U, service
operations, success track, auto and diesel courses. The
curriculum will include modular components that can be modified
for other programs we offer. The $9.6 million fixed-price
agreement originated in September 2008, expires in February 2010
and can be terminated without cause by either party with a
30 day notice. We capitalized $4.1 million of costs
related to this agreement during the year ended
September 30, 2009. No costs were incurred for this
agreement prior to September 30, 2008.
In 1998, we entered into an agreement with Snap-on Tools. Our
agreement with Snap-on Tools was renewed in April 2009 and
expires in April 2017. The agreement allows us to purchase
promotional tool kits for our students at a discount from their
list price. In addition, we earn credits that are redeemable for
equipment we use in our business. Credits are earned on our
purchases as well as purchases made by students enrolled in our
programs. We have agreed to grant Snap-on Tools exclusive access
to our campuses, to display advertising and to use Snap-on tools
to train our students. The April 2009 renewal requires that we
maintain a minimum balance of $1 million in
F-21
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
credits earned on student purchases. The credits under this
agreement may be redeemed for Snap-on Tools equipment at the
full retail list price, which is more than we would be required
to pay using cash. Upon termination of the agreement, we
continue to earn credits relative to promotional tool kits we
purchase or additional tools our active students purchase. We
continue to earn these credits until a tool kit is provided to
the last student eligible under the agreement.
Students are each provided a voucher which can be redeemed for a
tool kit near graduation. The cost of the tool kits, net of the
credit, is accrued during the time period in which the students
begin attending school until they have progressed to the point
that the promotional tool kit vouchers are provided.
Accordingly, at September 30, 2009 and 2008, we recorded an
accrued tool set liability of $4.3 million and
$3.9 million, respectively. Additionally, at
September 30, 2009 and 2008, our liability to Snap-on Tools
for vouchers redeemed by students was $2.5 million and
$2.1 million, respectively, and was recorded in accounts
payable and accrued expenses.
As we have opened new campuses, Snap-on Tools has historically
advanced us credits for the purchase of their tools or equipment
that support our growth. At September 30, 2009 and 2008, a
net prepaid expense with Snap-on Tools resulted from an excess
of credits earned over credits used of $2.4 million and
$0.9 million, respectively.
Executive
Employment Agreements
We have employment agreements with key executives that provide
for continued salary payments and continuing benefits if the
executives are terminated for reasons other than cause or in the
event of a change in control, as defined in the agreements. The
aggregate amount of our commitments under these agreements is
approximately $3.9 million at September 30, 2009.
Change
in Control Agreements
We have severance agreements with other executives that provide
for continued salary payments if the employees are terminated
for any reason within twelve months subsequent to a change in
control. Under the terms of the agreements, these employees are
entitled to between six and twelve months salary at their
highest rate during the previous twelve months. In addition, the
employees are eligible to receive the unearned portion of their
target bonus in effect in the year termination occurs and would
be eligible to receive medical benefits under the plans
maintained by us at no cost. The aggregate amount of our
commitments under these agreements is approximately
$6.3 million at September 30, 2009.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
We have deferred compensation agreements with four of our
employees, providing for the payment of deferred compensation to
each employee in the event that the employee is no longer
employed by us. Under each agreement, the employee shall receive
an amount equal to the compensation the employee would have
earned if the employee had repeated the employment performance
of the prior twelve months. We will pay the deferred
compensation in a lump sum or over the period in which the
employee would typically have earned the compensation had the
employee been actively employed, at our option. Our commitment
under the deferred compensation agreements was approximately
$1.1 million at September 30, 2009.
Surety
Bonds
Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state
education agency in which the campus is located to operate and
to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our
campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of
these states. In addition, our campuses are required to be
authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain
other states in which our campuses recruit students. We are
required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and
education representatives with multiple states to maintain
F-22
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
authorization to conduct our business. We have posted surety
bonds in the total amount of approximately $13.3 million at
September 30, 2009.
Legal
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Based on internal review, we record
reserves using our best estimate of the probable and reasonably
estimable contingent liabilities. Although we cannot predict
with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceedings to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition.
|
|
14.
|
Common
Shareholders Equity
|
Common
Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and as declared by the board of directors and have the
right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder
approval.
Stock
Repurchase Program
On April 28, 2009 and November 26, 2007, our Board of
Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million
and $50.0 million, respectively, of our common stock in the
open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The
timing and actual number of shares purchased depend on a variety
of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements,
and prevailing market conditions. We may terminate or limit the
stock repurchase program at any time without prior notice.
During the year ended September 30, 2009 we purchased
1,552,981 shares at an average price per share of $10.87
and a total cost of approximately $16.9 million. During the
year ended September 30, 2008, we purchased
1,886,300 shares at an average price per share of $15.66
and a total cost of approximately $29.5 million under this
program. At September 30, 2009, we have purchased
3,439,281 shares at an average price per share of $13.50
and a total cost of approximately $46.4 million under this
program.
Stock
Option and Incentive Compensation Plans
We have two stock option plans, which we refer to as the
Management 2002 Stock Option Program (2002 Plan) and the 2003
Incentive Compensation Plan (2003 Plan).
The 2002 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors on
April 1, 2002 and provided for the issuance of options to
purchase 0.7 million shares of our common stock. On
February 25, 2003, our Board of Directors authorized an
additional 0.1 million options to purchase our common stock
under the 2002 Plan.
Options issued under the 2002 Plan vest ratably each year over a
four-year period. The expiration date of options granted under
the 2002 Plan is the earlier of the ten-year anniversary of the
grant date; the one-year anniversary of the termination of the
participants employment by reason of death or disability;
30 days after the date of the participants
termination of employment if caused by reasons other than death,
disability, cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance
or on the termination date if termination occurs for reasons of
cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance. We do not
intend to grant any additional options under the 2002 Plan.
The 2003 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted
effective December 22, 2003 upon consummation of our
initial public offering and amended on February 28, 2007 by
our stockholders. The 2003 Plan authorizes the issuance of
various common stock awards, including stock options, restricted
stock and stock units,
F-23
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
for approximately 4.4 million shares of our common stock.
We issue stock options with exercise prices equal to the closing
price of our stock on the grant date. Our restricted stock
awards are issued at fair market value which is determined by
the closing price of our stock on the grant date. Under the 2003
Plan, stock option and restricted stock awards generally vest
ratably over a four year period. The expiration date of stock
options granted under the 2003 Plan is the earlier of the seven
or ten-year anniversary of the grant date, based on the terms of
the individual grant; the one-year anniversary of the
termination of the participants employment by reason of
death or disability; ninety days after the date of the
participants termination of employment if caused by
reasons other than death, disability, cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance; or on the termination date if
termination occurs for reasons of cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance. The restrictions associated with our
restricted stock awarded under the 2003 Plan will lapse upon the
death, disability, or if, within one year following a change of
control, employment is terminated without cause or for good
reason. If employment is terminated for any other reason, all
shares of restricted stock shall be forfeited upon termination.
At September 30, 2009, 3.9 million shares of common
stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan, of which
1.5 million shares are available for future grant.
We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant on the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The
estimated fair value is affected by our stock price as well as
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective
variables, including, but not limited to, our expected stock
price volatility, the expected term of the awards and actual and
projected employee stock exercise behaviors. We evaluate our
assumptions on the date of each grant.
We calculate the expected volatility using a method that
includes an analysis of companies within our industry sector,
including UTI, to calculate the annualized historical
volatility. We believe that due to our limited historical
experience as a public company, the calculated value method
provides the best available indicator of the expected volatility
used in our estimates.
In determining our expected term, we reviewed our historical
share option exercise experience and determined it does not
provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected
term due to our limited historical award and exercise
experience. For the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008
and 2007, we applied the simplified method for calculating the
expected term which is the weighted mid-point between vesting
date and the expiration date of the stock option agreement. The
stock options granted during the years ended September 30,
2009, 2008 and 2007 vest 25% each year for four years and have a
seven or ten-year life.
We determine the risk-free interest rate of our awards using the
implied yield currently available for zero-coupon
U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the
expected life of the options. We have not historically paid cash
dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we use an expected
dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions
used for stock option grants made during each year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Expected years until exercised
|
|
|
4.41
|
|
|
|
4.78
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.06
|
%
|
|
|
3.22
|
%
|
|
|
4.54
|
%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
41.26
|
%
|
|
|
39.28
|
%
|
|
|
39.39
|
%
|
F-24
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
2002 and 2003 Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,274
|
|
|
$
|
19.91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options granted
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
11.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options expired or forfeited
|
|
|
(404
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
$
|
19.56
|
|
|
|
4.66
|
|
|
$
|
7,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercisable at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
1,538
|
|
|
$
|
20.05
|
|
|
|
4.41
|
|
|
$
|
6,093
|
|
Stock options expected to vest at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
$
|
16.71
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
|
$
|
1,068
|
|
As of September 30, 2009, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to non-vested stock options was
$1.5 million, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 1.8 years.
The total fair value of options which vested during the years
ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was
$2.5 million, $4.4 million and $5.3 million,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding
table is based on our closing stock price of $19.70 as of
September 30, 2009. The aggregate intrinsic value
represents the total intrinsic value that would have been
received by the stock option holders had all option holders
exercised their options as of that date. The total intrinsic
value of stock options exercised during the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0.8 million,
$0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The
weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options
granted during the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and
2007 was $4.17, $5.01 and $10.69, respectively.
The values for stock options exercised are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cash received
|
|
$
|
583
|
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
$
|
493
|
|
Tax benefits
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity under
the 2003 Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
$
|
15.93
|
|
Restricted stock awarded
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
$
|
19.18
|
|
Restricted stock vested
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.22
|
|
Restricted stock forfeited
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
$
|
15.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
$
|
17.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
As of September 30, 2009, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to restricted stock awards was
$13.3 million which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 3.2 years.
In September 2009, our Board of Directors approved
$1.5 million for a grant of stock units with vesting of the
grant subject to a market condition. We issued 0.06 million
stock units in the grant with a weighted average fair value at
grant date of $26.01 per stock unit. The grant includes
measurement periods of 12 months, 24 months, and
36 months. The stock units do not have voting rights or
rights to dividends.
The market condition is based on total shareholder return which
is the comparison of the change in our stock price and dividends
to the change in stock price and dividends of the companies
included in a nationally recognized stock index for each of the
three measurement periods included in the grant. On the
settlement date for each measurement period, participants will
receive shares of our common stock equal to 0% to 200% of the
stock units originally granted depending on where our total
shareholder return ranks among the companies included in the
related index for that measurement period.
The fair value of stock units at the grant date for each
measurement period was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation
which required assumptions for expected volatilities,
correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and
dividend yields. Expected volatilities were derived using a
method that calculates historical volatility over a period equal
to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the
companies included in the related index. Correlation
coefficients were based on the same data used to calculate
historical volatilities and were used to model how our stock
price moves in relation to the companies in the related index.
We used a risk-free rate of return that is equal to the yield of
a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill that is commensurate with
each measurement period, and we assumed that any dividends paid
were reinvested. The fair value at grant date of the stock units
included in the
12-month,
24-month and
36-month
measurement periods were $23.27, $26.54, and $28.81,
respectively.
The stock units vest on the settlement date which is expected to
be no later than
21/2 months
after the end of each measurement period. Participants are
required to be employed by the company on the settlement date to
receive the shares awarded for measurement period, unless one of
the following conditions is met. Upon death or disability of a
participant, determination of whether, and to what extent the
market condition has been achieved will be made based on actual
performance against the stated criteria through the death or
disability date. If an employee is terminated or leaves for good
cause within one year following a change in control, a
determination of whether, and to what extent the market
condition has been achieved will be based on actual performance
against the stated criteria through the change in control date.
If employment is terminated for any other reason, all unvested
stock units shall be forfeited upon termination.
Compensation expense for the stock units subject to a market
condition is recognized using the graded vesting method over the
requisite periods. All compensation expense for the grant will
be recognized for participants who fulfill the requisite service
period, regardless of whether the market condition for issuing
shares is satisfied.
We use historical data to estimate forfeitures. Our estimated
forfeitures are adjusted as actual forfeitures differ from our
estimates, resulting in stock-based compensation expense only
for those awards that actually vest. If factors change and
different assumptions are employed in future periods, previously
recognized stock-based compensation expense may require
adjustment.
F-26
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the operating expense line and
the impact on net income in the consolidated statements of
income in which stock-based compensation expense has been
recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
$
|
622
|
|
|
$
|
533
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
5,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
4,702
|
|
|
$
|
5,325
|
|
|
$
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
1,810
|
|
|
$
|
2,018
|
|
|
$
|
2,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan that allows eligible
employees to purchase our common stock up to an aggregate of
0.3 million shares at semi-annual intervals through
periodic payroll deductions. The number of shares of common
stock issued under this plan was 0.02 million shares,
0.03 million shares and 0.03 million shares for the
years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. We received proceeds of $0.3 million,
$0.4 million and $0.6 million in the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our plan
provides for a market price discount of 5% and application of
the market price discount to the closing stock price at the end
of each offering period.
|
|
15.
|
Earnings
per Common Share
|
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the assumed
conversion of all dilutive securities. For the years ended
September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, approximately
1.2 million shares, 2.2 million shares and
1.1 million shares, respectively, which could be issued
under outstanding employee stock options or restricted stock,
were not included in the determination of our diluted shares
outstanding as they were anti-dilutive.
The table below reflects the reconciliation of the weighted
average number of common shares used in determining basic and
diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares outstanding
|
|
|
24,246
|
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
Dilutive effect related to employee stock plans
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares outstanding
|
|
|
24,627
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.
|
Defined
Contribution Employee Benefit Plan
|
We sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) plan, under which our
employees elect to withhold specified amounts from their wages
to contribute to the plan and we have a fiduciary responsibility
with respect to the plan. The plan provides for matching a
portion of employees contributions at managements
discretion. All contributions and matches by us are invested at
the direction of the employee in one or more mutual funds or
cash. We made matching contributions of approximately
$1.3 million, $1.5 million and $1.3 million for
the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
F-27
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Our principal business is providing postsecondary education. We
also provide manufacturer-specific training, and these
operations are managed separately from our campus operations.
These operations do not currently meet the quantitative criteria
for segments and therefore are reflected in the Other category.
Corporate expenses are allocated to Postsecondary Education and
the Other category based on compensation expense.
Summary information by reportable segment is as follows as of
and for the years ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
351,544
|
|
|
$
|
326,308
|
|
|
$
|
336,089
|
|
Other
|
|
|
15,091
|
|
|
|
17,152
|
|
|
|
17,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
21,533
|
|
|
$
|
12,025
|
|
|
$
|
23,934
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(2,892
|
)
|
|
|
(1,328
|
)
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
18,641
|
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
|
$
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
16,844
|
|
|
$
|
17,033
|
|
|
$
|
18,265
|
|
Other
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
17,568
|
|
|
$
|
17,605
|
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
219,054
|
|
|
$
|
202,986
|
|
|
$
|
228,389
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4,297
|
|
|
|
6,389
|
|
|
|
4,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.
|
Quarterly
Financial Summary (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
Second
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
|
Fiscal
|
Year Ended September 30, 2009
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Year
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
90,121
|
|
|
$
|
89,125
|
|
|
$
|
87,852
|
|
|
$
|
99,537
|
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
$
|
3,589
|
|
|
$
|
(203
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,966
|
|
|
$
|
12,289
|
|
|
$
|
18,641
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,304
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,923
|
|
|
$
|
7,586
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
F-28
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2008
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
90,035
|
|
|
$
|
88,157
|
|
|
$
|
80,639
|
|
|
$
|
84,629
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
$
|
9,304
|
|
|
$
|
2,275
|
|
|
$
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
$
|
547
|
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
6,483
|
|
|
$
|
1,906
|
|
|
$
|
(724
|
)
|
|
$
|
551
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The summation of quarterly per share information does not equal
amounts for the full year as quarterly calculations are
performed on a discrete basis. In addition, securities may have
had an anti-dilutive effect during individual quarters but not
for the full year.
F-29